HYBRID FILTER AND SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ISOLATING MODULES

Abstract

A hybrid filter assembly for an aquatic application is provided in the form of a first filtration stage, a second filtration stage in fluid communication with the first filtration stage, a valve system in fluid communication with the second filtration stage, and a controller. The first filtration stage includes a granular media, and the second filtration stage includes a first membrane filtration module and a second membrane filtration module. The valve system is designed to selectively control fluid flow within the second filtration stage. The controller, which is in communication with the valve system, is designed to direct actuation of the valve system to fluidly isolate the first membrane filtration module from the second membrane filtration module.

Description

TECHNICAL FIELD

This disclosure generally relates to filters for an aquatic application. More particularly, the disclosure relates to isolating filtration modules of a hybrid two-stage filter assembly for an aquatic application.

BACKGROUND

Filtration systems are an important aspect of maintaining water clarity and quality in aquatic systems. Contaminants such as bacteria or pathogens may be introduced into bodies of water by environmental sources. Other contaminants or debris may be introduced by swimmers and bathers, such as sweat, bodily oils or secretions, suntan lotion, urine, and other substances. In addition to contributing to high turbidity, contaminants can also react with disinfectant chemicals to produce chloramines and other disinfection by-products, which can contribute to adverse health effects. Thus, in pool and spa systems, to clean the water, the water is typically passed through a filtration system. Filtration systems are used to remove pollutants and contaminants to reduce turbidity and to promote the visual clarity of the water. Filtration systems are one mechanism used to help ensure healthy conditions in swimming pools, hot tubs, spas, plunge pools, and other recreational water venues or aquatic applications.

Traditional pool and spa filtration technologies include diatomaceous earth filters, pressure-fed sand filters, gravity sand filters, and cartridge filters. However, these filtration technologies have inherent shortcomings, including the inability to capture small, suspended solids, bacteria, and viruses without the use of filter aids or secondary sanitization devices. Conversely, high efficiency filter media technology capable of capturing submicron particles and microorganisms may not be able to process larger suspended solids without becoming clogged. Thus, high-efficiency filter media such as Reverse Osmosis (RO), hollow fiber membrane, or SiC (Silicon Carbide) ceramic technology is traditionally employed through the use of one or more prefilter(s) to capture larger particles. However, removing particles of varying size can require multiple separate filters that take up space on a pool pad, require individual piping and valve systems, and separate maintenance and cleaning.

Further, traditional filter systems can be cleaned through backwash operations where the flow of water is reversed through the system to loosen and remove trapped particulates. However, backwashing may not remove all the contaminants collected by the filter, especially contaminants like organics, viruses, and bacteria. In addition, the backwash operations clean the entire filter system, instead of the particular components of the filter system that need cleaned. Such non-specific backwashing is potentially wasteful and inefficient, as more backwashing fluid is used to clean the entire filter system than would be needed to clean specific components which are fouled. On the other hand, if backwashing is delayed until the entire filter system needs cleaning, the overall lifetime of the filter system may be reduced since fouled components of the filter system may not be cleaned as often as required to maintain their optimal lifetime.

Therefore, there is a need in the art for a filtration system that can effectively filter out both large and small contaminants without clogging the filtration system. Additionally, there is a need for a filtration system that includes systems and methods for effectively cleaning the filter system components to remove particulates and debris of various sizes.

SUMMARY

In one aspect, a hybrid filter assembly for an aquatic application is provided in the form of a first filtration stage, a second filtration stage in fluid communication with the first filtration stage, a valve system in fluid communication with the second filtration stage, and a controller. The first filtration stage includes a granular media, and the second filtration stage includes a first membrane filtration module and a second membrane filtration module. The valve system is designed to selectively control fluid flow within the second filtration stage. In addition, the controller, which is in communication with the valve system, is designed to direct actuation of the valve system to fluidly isolate the first membrane filtration module from the second membrane filtration module.

In some instances, the first membrane filtration module includes a nanofiltration membrane and the second membrane filtration module includes an ultrafiltration membrane.

In other instances, the first membrane filtration module is designed to reduce a calcium concentration of water provided from the aquatic application.

In yet other instances, the controller determines whether to operate the hybrid filter assembly in a filtration mode or a cleaning mode based on a determined operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly. In some such instances, determining an operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly includes determining a first permeability value of the first membrane filtration module and a second permeability value of the second membrane filtration module.

In some instances, the controller is designed to determine whether at least one of the first membrane filtration module or the second membrane filtration module is fouled at a first time period and initiate a targeted cleaning procedure at a second time period if only one of the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module is fouled.

In other instances, the controller is designed to initiate a targeted cleaning procedure when the controller determines that one or more parameters of the first membrane filtration module are below a predetermined threshold value associated with the one or more parameters.

In yet other instances, the controller is designed to initiate a targeted chemical cleaning procedure when the controller determines that a first parameter of the first membrane filtration module are below a predetermined threshold value associated with the first parameter, actuate the valve system to fluidly isolate the first membrane filtration module from the second membrane filtration module, direct a chemical cleaning system to provide a chemical agent to the first membrane filtration module, and initiate a rinse of the first membrane filtration module after a soak time value is exceeded.

In some instances, the hybrid filter assembly further includes a deaeration valve assembly in fluid communication with the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module, wherein the deaeration valve assembly is designed to purge trapped gases from the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module when the hybrid filter assembly changes operational modes.

In other instances, the hybrid filter assembly further includes a vessel provided in the form of a body defining an interior and the first filtration stage and the second filtration stage are positioned within the interior of the vessel. In some such instances, the valve system further includes a rotatable shaft extending from the interior of the vessel and through the body of the vessel and an actuator in communication with the rotatable shaft. In some such instances, actuation of the rotatable shaft fluidly isolates the first membrane filtration module from the second membrane filtration module.

In yet other instances, the valve system includes a first isolation valve in fluid communication with the first membrane filtration module.

In another aspect, a hybrid filter assembly for a swimming pool or spa is provided in the form of a first filtration stage, a second filtration stage provided including a first membrane filtration module and a second membrane filtration module, a valve system, and a controller. The second filtration stage is positioned downstream of the first filtration stage. The valve system includes a first isolation valve in fluid communication with at least one of the first membrane filtration module or the second membrane filtration module. In addition, the controller is designed to actuate the first isolation valve to substantially prevent fluid flow through the first membrane filtration module and initiate a filtration mode, a backwash mode, and a chemical cleaning mode.

In some instances, the first isolation valve is provided in the form of a three-way valve in fluid communication with the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module. In some such instances, the controller is further designed to actuate the first isolation valve to substantially prevent fluid flow through the second membrane filtration module.

In other instances, the controller is further designed to selectively actuate the first isolation valve into an open configuration and a closed configuration when the hybrid filter assembly operates in the filtration mode.

In yet other instances, the controller determines to substantially prevent fluid flow to the first membrane filtration module when a determined bather load is below a predetermined bather load threshold value.

In some instances, the second filtration stage further includes a third membrane filtration module and a fourth membrane filtration module, and the first isolation valve is provided in the form of a five-way valve that is also in fluid communication with the third membrane filtration module and the fourth membrane filtration module.

In yet another aspect, a method of operating a hybrid filter assembly is provided. The method includes a step of providing a hybrid filter assembly having a first filtration stage, a second filtration stage, and a membrane module valve system. The second filtration stage is provided in the form of a first membrane filtration module and a second membrane filtration module. The method also includes a step of providing a controller in communication with the membrane module valve system. The controller performs the steps of determining a backwash parameter value for each of the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module at a first time period and actuating the membrane module valve system and initiating a targeted cleaning procedure at a second time period if a determined backwash parameter value is below a threshold backwash parameter value for at least one of the first membrane filtration module or the second membrane filtration module.

In some instances, the method further includes a step of actuating the membrane module valve system to take the first membrane filtration module offline when a concentration of one or more contaminants is below a predetermined threshold value.

In other instances, the method further includes the steps of determining which of the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module to target for cleaning and actuating the membrane module valve system to provide a filtered backwashing fluid to the first membrane filtration module or the second membrane filtration module that is targeted for cleaning.

In yet other instances, the method further includes the steps of dosing a membrane filtration module targeted for cleaning with a chemical cleaning agent, actuating the membrane module valve system to fluidly isolate the membrane filtration module targeted for cleaning, and soaking the membrane filtration module targeted for cleaning with the chemical cleaning agent.

In some instances, of the above-described methods, the backwash parameter value is a permeability threshold value.

DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram depicting a swimming pool and one or more components associated with a pool pad;

FIG. 2 is a front isometric view of a hybrid filter assembly;

FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2 with some portions removed for clarity;

FIG. 3B is a partial top elevational view of various internal components of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2 with some portions removed for clarity;

FIG. 4A is a top elevational view of a bottom portion of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2 showing a manifold;

FIG. 4B is a top isometric view of the bottom portion of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2;

FIG. 5A is a top isometric view of a bottom portion of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2 with a second filtration stage disposed therein;

FIG. 5B is a side isometric view of the bottom portion of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 5A with portions removed for clarity;

FIG. 6A is a side elevational view of a membrane filtration module of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 5A;

FIG. 6B is a partial cross-sectional side view of a membrane filtration module of FIG. 6A taken along the line 6B-6B of FIG. 6A, with some portions rendered transparently for clarity;

FIG. 7A is a top isometric view showing a membrane filtration module of a second filtration stage of the hybrid filter assembly of FIGS. 2A-2C further including a media guard;

FIG. 7B is a partial cross-sectional side view of a membrane filtration module of FIG. 7A taken along the line 7B-7B of FIG. 7A;

FIG. 8A is a partial cross-sectional view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2 showing a fluid flow path through the assembly during a normal filtration operation with some portions removed for clarity;

FIG. 8B is a partial cross-sectional side view of the membrane filtration module of FIGS. 5A-6B showing a fluid flow path through the membrane filtration module during a normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly with some portions removed for clarity;

FIG. 9A is an isometric view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2 coupled to a bypass mechanism;

FIG. 9B is a partial cross-sectional side view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 9A showing a fluid flow path through the membrane filtration module during a bypass operation of the hybrid filter assembly with some portions of the hybrid filter assembly removed for clarity;

FIG. 10 is a partial cross-sectional side view of the membrane filtration module of FIG. 9 showing a fluid flow path through the membrane filtration module during a backwash operation with some portions removed for clarity;

FIG. 11 is a partial cross-sectional side view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2 showing a fluid flow path through the assembly during a backwash mode with some portions removed for clarity;

FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a chemical cleaning system including a gravity-fed chemical tank designed to be used with the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a chemical cleaning system including a chemical dosing pump designed to be used with the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a chemical cleaning system including a vacuum-fed chemical tank designed to be used with the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a chemical cleaning system including a bypass line designed to be used with the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a chemical cleaning system including an alternative configuration of a bypass line designed to be used with the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of a chemical cleaning system including a further alternative bypass line designed to be used with the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a chemical cleaning system including a chemical injection tie in upstream of a pump designed to be used with the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a chemical cleaning system including a venturi pump designed to be used with the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 20A illustrates a chemical cleaning system including a chemical cleaning agent injection port designed to be used with the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 20B illustrates a partial top isometric view of an internal portion of a hybrid filter assembly vessel including the chemical cleaning system of FIG. 20A;

FIG. 20C illustrates a partial top isometric view of a chemical cleaning agent injection manifold included in the internal portion of a hybrid filter assembly vessel including the chemical cleaning system of FIG. 20B;

FIG. 21 is a right-side isometric view of another instance of a hybrid filter assembly including a first housing and a second housing with some portions removed for clarity;

FIG. 22 is a left-side elevational view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 21;

FIG. 23 is a right-side elevational view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 21;

FIG. 24 is a right-side isometric view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 21 with some portions rendered transparently for clarity;

FIG. 25 is a left-side isometric view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 21 with some portions rendered transparently for clarity;

FIG. 26A is a right-side view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 21 and an associated chemical cleaning system;

FIG. 26B is a right-side view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 21 and another associated chemical cleaning system;

FIG. 26C is a right-side view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 21 and a further associated chemical cleaning system;

FIG. 27 is an isometric view of an automated control valve of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 21;

FIG. 28 is a front elevational view of the automated control valve of FIG. 27;

FIG. 29 is a rear elevational view of the automated control valve of FIG. 27;

FIG. 30 is a left-side elevational view of the automated control valve of FIG. 27;

FIG. 31 is a right-side elevational view of the automated control valve of FIG. 27;

FIG. 32 is a bottom plan view of the automated control valve of FIG. 27;

FIG. 33A illustrates a schematic block diagram of a swimming pool and the hybrid filter assembly of FIGS. 21-25 operating in a filtration mode;

FIG. 33B illustrates a schematic block diagram of a swimming pool and the hybrid filter assembly of FIGS. 21-25 operating in a first backwash mode;

FIG. 33C illustrates a schematic block diagram of a swimming pool and the hybrid filter assembly of FIGS. 21-25 operating in a second backwash mode;

FIG. 33D illustrates a schematic block diagram of a swimming pool, a chemical cleaning system, and the hybrid filter assembly of FIGS. 21-25 operating in a chemical cleaning mode;

FIG. 33E illustrates a schematic block diagram of a swimming pool and the hybrid filter assembly of FIGS. 21-25 operating in a bypass mode;

FIG. 34A is a front isometric view of a top endcap of the hybrid filter assembly of FIGS. 21-25;

FIG. 34B is a front elevation view of the top endcap of FIG. 34A;

FIG. 34C is a top plan view of the top endcap of FIG. 34A;

FIG. 34D is a bottom plan view of the top endcap of FIG. 34A;

FIG. 35 is an isometric view of a deaeration assembly couplable to any of the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 36 is an another isometric view of the deaeration assembly of FIG. 35;

FIG. 37 is an enlarged, isometric view of the deaeration valve of FIG. 36;

FIG. 38 is a schematic illustration of a control system and the hybrid filter assembly of FIGS. 21-25;

FIG. 39 is a top isometric view of another instance of a hybrid filter assembly including a first housing and a second housing, with some portions removed for clarity;

FIG. 40A is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39;

FIG. 40B is another schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39;

FIG. 41 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a filtration mode in which all filtration modules are online;

FIG. 42 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a backwash mode in which a first filtration module is provided with filtered water;

FIG. 43 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a backwash mode in which a first filtration module is provided with water from a pool or a spa;

FIG. 44 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a filtration mode in which one filtration module is offline;

FIG. 45 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a backwash mode in which a first filtration module is provided with filtered water and one filtration module is offline;

FIG. 46 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a backwash mode in which a first filtration module is provided with water from a pool or spa and one filtration module is offline;

FIG. 47 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a filtration mode in which two filtration modules are offline;

FIG. 48 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a backwash mode in which a first filtration module is provided with filtered water and two filtration modules are offline;

FIG. 49 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a backwash mode in which a first filtration module is provided with water from a pool or spa and two filtration modules are offline;

FIG. 50 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a chemical cleaning mode in which a chemical cleaning agent is provided to a first filtration module;

FIG. 51 is a schematic illustration of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 39 operating in a filtration mode in conjunction with a chemical cleaning mode in which a first filtration module undergoes a chemical soaking;

FIG. 52 is a side isometric view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2 including a valve system for directing fluid flow to one or more filtration modules, with some portions of the hybrid filter assembly removed and some portions of the hybrid filter assembly rendered transparently for clarity;

FIG. 53 is an enlarged, partial side isometric view of various internal components of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 52 with some portions of the hybrid filter assembly rendered transparently for clarity;

FIG. 54 is a side elevational view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 2 including another valve system for directing flow to one or more filtration modules, with some portions of the hybrid filter assembly removed and some portions of the hybrid filter assembly rendered transparently for clarity;

FIG. 55 is a side elevational view of the hybrid filter assembly of FIG. 54 with a shaft of the valve system extending through a top portion of the hybrid filter assembly, with some portions of the hybrid filter assembly removed and some portions of the hybrid filter assembly rendered transparently for clarity;

FIG. 56 is a side isometric view of a filtration pack including one or more filtration modules and a chemical cleaning system positioned within an enclosure, the filtration pack designed for use in any of the hybrid filter assemblies discussed herein;

FIG. 57 is a side isometric view of the filtration pack of FIG. 56;

FIG. 58 is a side isometric view of the filtration pack of FIG. 56, illustrating a fluid flow path through a filtration module of the one or more filtration modules when the filtration pack operates in a filtration mode;

FIG. 59 is a side isometric view of another instance of the filtration pack of FIG. 56 in which an inlet conduit and outlet conduit of the filtration pack are alternatively arranged;

FIG. 60 is a front isometric view of a 5-way valve designed for use in the filtration pack of FIG. 56;

FIG. 61 is a schematic representation of the 5-way valve of FIG. 60 provided in a configuration in which one membrane filtration module of the filtration pack of FIG. 56 is bypassed;

FIG. 62 is a schematic representation of the 5-way valve of FIG. 60 provided in a configuration in which two membrane filtration modules of the filtration pack of FIG. 56 are bypassed;

FIG. 63 is a schematic representation of the 5-way valve of FIG. 60 provided in a configuration in which three membrane filtration modules of the filtration pack of FIG. 56 are bypassed;

FIG. 64 is a front isometric view of another implementation of the filtration pack of FIG. 56 including 8 filtration modules arranged in a parallel configuration;

FIG. 65 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for operating the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein in a filtration configuration or a backwash configuration;

FIG. 66 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for operating the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein in a diagnostics configuration;

FIG. 67 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for operating the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein in a backwash configuration;

FIG. 68 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for operating the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein in a chemical cleaning configuration;

FIG. 69 illustrates a flow diagram depicting an alternative method for operating the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 70 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for scheduling a backwash cleaning operation and a chemical cleaning operation for the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 71 illustrates a flow diagram depicting another method for scheduling a backwash cleaning operation and/or a chemical cleaning operation for the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 72 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for updating one or more backwash parameter values based on pool water temperature for the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 73 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for updating one or more backwash parameter values based on one or more pool operational parameter values for the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 74 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for updating a permeability threshold value for the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 75 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for determining a permeability value for the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 76 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for performing a deaeration cycle before a backwash cycle for the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 77 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for generating backwash instructions for the various hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein;

FIG. 78 illustrates a graph showing the effectiveness of the backwashing and chemical cleaning procedures via measurement of the hybrid filter assembly's headloss after a cleaning procedure; and

FIG. 79 illustrates a chart showing the effectiveness of a cleaning procedure including only a backwash procedure as compared to a cleaning procedure including a chemical cleaning procedure.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Before any embodiments are described in detail, it is to be understood that the disclosure is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the following drawings, which is limited only by the claims that follow the present disclosure. The disclosure is capable of other embodiments, and of being practiced, or of being carried out, in various ways. Also, it is to be understood that the phraseology and terminology used herein are for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting. The use of “including,” “comprising,” or “having” and variations thereof herein is meant to encompass the items listed thereafter and equivalents thereof as well as additional items. Unless specified or limited otherwise, the terms “mounted,” “connected,” “supported,” and “coupled” and variations thereof are used broadly and encompass both direct and indirect mountings, connections, supports, and couplings. Further, “connected” and “coupled” are not restricted to physical or mechanical connections or couplings.

The following description is presented to enable a person skilled in the art to make and use embodiments of the disclosure. Various modifications to the illustrated embodiments will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, and the generic principles herein can be applied to other embodiments and applications without departing from embodiments of the disclosure. Thus, embodiments of the disclosure are not intended to be limited to embodiments shown but are to be accorded the widest scope consistent with the principles and features disclosed herein. The following detailed description is to be read with reference to the figures, in which like elements in different figures have like reference numerals. Skilled artisans will recognize the examples provided herein have many useful alternatives and fall within the scope of embodiments of the disclosure.

Additionally, while the following discussion may describe features associated with specific devices, it is understood that additional devices and or features can be used with the described systems and methods, and that the discussed devices and features are used to provide examples of possible embodiments, without being limited.

The present disclosure provides a filtration system (e.g., a hybrid filter system) provided in the form of a two-stage hybrid filter assembly, the hybrid filter assembly designed for use in an aquatic application (e.g., a pool and/or a spa). The hybrid filter assembly is provided in the form of a high efficiency, single-pass device designed to process (e.g., filter) water provided from a pool and/or a spa. In some instances, the two-stage filtration assembly is entirely retained and/or enclosed within a single vessel (e.g., a housing) and can capture both larger suspended solids and submicron particles in a single pass of the fluid through the vessel. In other instances, each stage of the two-stage filtration assembly is provided in a separate vessel (e.g., a first housing and a second housing). A first filtration stage employs depth filtration designed to capture large particulates and acts as a prefilter for a second filtration stage, thereby improving the performance and the operational lifetime of the second filtration stage. The second filtration stage is provided in the form of a membrane filtration module having one or more membranes designed to capture submicron particulates, bacteria, and/or viruses. Thus, by being able to capture both large and small suspended solids in an aquatic system, the two-stage filtration device can filter out contaminants such as skin cells, pollen, algae spores, and microorganisms such as bacteria and viruses that may not be effectively filtered out in traditional pool and spa filtration systems. Therefore, the two-stage filtration system provides improved water clarity, decreased disinfection byproduct formation, and decreased demand for a primary recreational water sanitizer and balancer, along with more consistent sanitizer and balancer levels in the water. Further, in certain instances, the hybrid filtration assembly allows both filtration stages of the hybrid filter assembly to be backwashed simultaneously.

The hybrid filter assembly is designed to operate as a filtration device within a body of water or aquatic application, particularly a pool or spa system, to supplement and/or entirely replace a main filter, such as a traditional sand, cartridge, or diatomaceous earth filter. Traditional pool and spa filters are generally capable of capturing particles between about 3 to about 30 microns in size. In contrast, in some instances, the hybrid filter assembly disclosed herein is designed to capture particles larger than about 150 microns in size, particularly in the range of about 200 microns to about 300 microns in size in the first filtration stage, and is capable of capturing particles larger than about 0.005 microns in size, particularly in the range of about 0.02 to about 0.20 microns in the second filtration stage. In some forms, the first filtration stage captures particles that are about 10 microns or larger in size. In other instances, the hybrid filter assembly disclosed herein is designed to capture particles larger than 150 microns in size, particularly in the range of 200 microns to 300 microns in size in the first filtration stage, and is capable of capturing particles larger than 0.005 microns in size, particularly in the range of 0.02 to 0.20 microns in the second filtration stage. In some forms, the first filtration stage captures particles that are 10 microns or larger in size.

The hybrid filter assembly is designed to target particular components of the assembly for cleaning. For example, the hybrid filter assembly may perform a targeted cleaning operation (e.g., a backwash or a chemical cleaning) of one or more membrane filtration modules of the second filtration stage. To help facilitate the targeted cleaning operations, the hybrid filter assembly may include a membrane module valve assembly designed to control the flow of fluid into and out of the membrane filtration modules. The membrane module valve assembly may include various types of valves, including, but not limited to, actuated mechanical valves (e.g., ball valves, gate valves, solenoid in-line valves), isolation valves, two-way valves, three-way valves, four-way valves, five-way valves, and/or six-way valves. In some instances, as part of the targeted cleaning process, one or more membrane filtration modules may be fluidly isolated from the remaining membrane filtration modules. Isolating one or more membrane filtration modules may occur, for example, during a chemical cleaning and soaking process. In addition, fluidly isolating one or more of the membrane filtration modules may allow the hybrid filter assembly to take one or more membrane filtration modules offline for a determined amount of time during the chemical cleaning operation. Targeted cleaning of the membrane filtration modules may improve the operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly by reducing consumption of backwashing fluid and chemical cleaning agent.

In addition, when the hybrid filter assembly operates in a filtration mode, one or more of the membrane filtration modules may be fluidly isolated from the remaining membrane filtration modules. For example, one or more of the membrane filtration modules may be taken offline as the hybrid filter assembly is filtering or processing water. The hybrid filter assembly may determine to take one or more membrane filtration modules offline based on a determined filtration load (e.g., as determined by a bather load, the flow rate of fluid through the hybrid filter assembly), if particular contaminants (e.g., calcium, cyanuric acid, organic compounds) are above a predetermined threshold concentration value or range, and/or by using other similar considerations. The offline membrane filtration modules may then be brought back online when operational conditions indicate a higher filtration load (e.g., as determined by the bather load, the flow rate of fluid through the hybrid filter assembly). Taking membrane filtration modules offline may improve the energy efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly and may help extend the operational lifetime of the membrane filtration modules.

Referring to FIG. 1, a block diagram of an aquatic application 100 is depicted. The aquatic application 100 is provided in the form of one or more pool components 102 designed for use with a swimming pool 110. The pool components 102 include plumbing (e.g., conduits) and one or more pool management devices that form a closed loop fluid circuit. The pool components 102 can include one or more of an inlet conduit 130, a variable speed pump 122, a booster pump 123, a filter 124, a heater 125, a sanitizer 126, a water chemistry monitor 127, a water chemistry regulator 128, one or more valves 129, and one or more discharge conduits 140a-140c. One or more of the pool components 102 can be located on a pool pad 120.

In certain instances, the aquatic application 100 may be provided in the form of a spa and include components designed for use with a spa. In other instances, the aquatic application 100 may be provided in the form of a pool and a spa and include components that may be used with a pool and spa system. In yet other instances, the aquatic application 100 may be provided in the form of pool and/or spa components designed for use with a pool and/or a spa in a residential setting or a commercial setting. More particularly, the aquatic application 100 may be provided as a swimming pool, a hot tub, a spa, a plunge pool, and other recreational water venues not specifically discussed herein.

Portions of water can flow from the swimming pool 110 through the inlet conduit 130 from a drain 112 and/or a skimmer 114 and to a suction side of the variable speed pump 122. The variable speed pump 122 and/or the booster pump 123 can provide a driving force for the pool water to flow through the other downstream pool components 102. After the water from the swimming pool 110 exits one or more discharge conduits 140a-140c, the water can be optionally provided directly to the swimming pool 110 and/or provided to additional pool components 102 such as a pool cleaner 116 and a water feature 118.

Referring specifically to the pool pad 120, the sanitizer 126 and the water chemistry regulator 128 are designed to control one or more water treatment chemicals that can be added to the swimming pool 110. For example, in some embodiments, the sanitizer 126 is designed to add chlorine and/or bromine to the aquatic application 100. In some embodiments, the water chemistry regulator 128 is designed to add one or more pool chemicals such as hydrochloric acid, sodium bisulfate, carbon dioxide, sulfuric acid, sodium carbonate, or other water treatment chemicals to the aquatic application 100. Further, the heater 125 is optionally included and is designed to heat the water in the aquatic application 100.

It is to be understood that the pool components 102 can be provided in various configurations (i.e., the order of the pool components 102 can be altered). Further, in some embodiments, one or more pool components 102 may be omitted or removed from the aquatic application 100.

Still referring to FIG. 1, the aquatic application 100 can further include a central controller 150 and a user device 160 that can interface with the central controller 150 either directly over a local area network or via a cloud network 170. The central controller 150 can be a gateway, a hub, a switch, a router, a server, or other connection device to allow integration, monitoring, and control of multiple aspects of the aquatic application 100. The user device 160 may be provided in the form of a cell phone, tablet, or any other similar portable electronic device that may include a camera and a user interface.

Although FIG. 1 depicts the central controller 150 in communication with the user device 160 and the network 170, it should be noted that various communication methodologies and connections may be implemented to work in conjunction with, or independent from, one or more local controllers associated with one or more individual components associated with the aquatic application 100 (e.g., a pump controller, a heater controller, etc.). For example, one or more of the central controller and the local controllers may utilize a Local Area Network (LAN), a Wide Local Area Network (WLAN), Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, an LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) network, an LTE-A Pro network, a New Radio (NR) network, or a network operating in accordance with other systems and radio technologies, including future systems and radio technologies not explicitly mentioned herein, to transmit and receive information.

Now turning to FIG. 2, a filtration system provided in the form of a hybrid filter assembly 200 according to one embodiment of the disclosure is shown. The hybrid filter assembly 200 may be the filter 124 of FIG. 1. The hybrid filter assembly 200 is provided in the form of a filtration vessel 210 including a two-stage filtration assembly disposed entirely therein, which is discussed in detail below. As shown, the filtration vessel 210 is substantially cylindrically shaped. However, it is to be understood that the filtration vessel 210 may be imparted with any other shape. The filtration vessel 210 may be made from polymeric materials, such as thermoplastics, which can have inherent resistance to common environmental and chemical stressors.

As shown, the filtration vessel 210 is provided in the form of an upper housing 220 and a lower housing 230 that are releasably coupled together to form a substantially enclosed interior filtration chamber. Various known methods may be used to couple the upper housing 220 and the lower housing 230. For example, as shown, a circumferential retaining device 240 produced predominantly of a suitably corrosion-resistant material, such as stainless steel for example, can engage one or more interconnecting flanges on ends of the upper housing 220 and/or the lower housing 230, respectively, to provide a fluid tight seal as well as structural support therebetween. In another embodiment, an elastomeric seal (not shown) may be provided between interconnecting flanges, which extend from one or both of the upper housing 220 and the lower housing 230. In yet another embodiment, a series of bolted fasteners (not shown) can be used to couple the upper housing 220 to the lower housing 230. In other embodiments, the filtration vessel 210 may be provided as an inseparable assembly or as a unitary housing structure.

Still referring to FIG. 2, the upper housing 220 may include one or more ports extending partially or completely through the upper housing 220 and designed to connect additional components to the hybrid filter assembly 200. As shown, the upper housing includes a first port 250 positioned at a top surface of and extending at least partially through the upper housing 220. A pressure gauge 260 can be coupled to the first port 250. An external air relief valve 265 can be positioned between the pressure gauge 260 and the first port 250 and can be configured to automatically release pressure from within the filtration vessel 210 or may be manually operated.

The lower housing 230 can include a base 270 extending from a lower end thereof that is designed to provide stability and support the hybrid filter assembly 200. The lower housing 230 can also include one or more ports (e.g., three ports 280a-280c) to facilitate fluid flow into and/or out of the hybrid filter assembly 200. The one or more ports provided on the lower housing 230 may extend partially or completely therethrough. An inlet port 280a permits water (e.g., fluid) to flow into the hybrid filter assembly 200, and an outlet port 280b and a drain port 280c can permit water and other components (e.g., waste fluid and the like) to exit the hybrid filter assembly 200. The inlet port 280a and the outlet port 280b can be in fluid communication with one or more components of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. In one embodiment, the drain port 280c can be connected to a waste system. In one embodiment, the drain port 280c can drain to the environment (e.g., the ground). In some instances, the drain port 280c can be provided as a threaded plug that has an elastomeric seal to provide a substantially fluid tight connection.

Additional ports (not shown) can be included in the upper housing 220 and/or the lower housing 230. The additional ports can be employed to provide additional benefits, such as improved deaeration of the second filtration stage, and/or provide supplemental operational status indicators through externally connected devices, such as gauges or transducers. In other embodiments, the supplemental devices may be provided as internally connected devices.

Turning to FIGS. 3A and 3B, various internal components of the hybrid filter assembly 200 of FIG. 2 are shown. The hybrid filter assembly 200 is defined by a two-stage filtration system comprising a first filtration stage 310 and a second filtration stage 320. Each of the first filtration stage 310 and the second filtration stage 320 may be operated under the principle of using pressure-driven filtration. In some instances, the pressure used to operate the hybrid filter assembly 200 may be provided by the variable speed pump 122, the booster pump 123, and/or another pump in fluid communication with the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1.

Referring first to FIG. 3A, a first filtration stage 310 may be positioned in the lower housing 230 of the filtration vessel 210 and acts as a “prefilter” for the second filtration stage 320. The first filtration stage 310 is disposed in the lower housing 230 and substantially surrounds one or more filtration modules of the second filtration stage 320. In some forms, the first filtration stage 310 is provided in the form of porous media. The first filtration stage 310 operates using depth filtration by capturing debris within the volume of the porous media. Specifically, as fluid flows through the porous media, the depth and pore size of the media create a physical barrier in which particulates get trapped in the media itself. In some instances, the first filtration stage 310 includes a granular media 315 provided in the form of sand, crushed glass, an activated media such as carbon, pea gravel, activated glass media, and/or other suitable filtration media. For example, the first filtration stage 310 may be provided in the form of an activated filter media (e.g., an activated glass media including metal oxide catalysts) imparted with self-sterilization or antimicrobial properties. In such instances, the activated filter media may prevent bacteria-induced degradation of the efficacy of the first filtration stage via filter media mud-balling, coagulation, and channeling. In addition, in certain instances, the activated filter media (e.g., an activated glass media) may be imparted with a negative charge to facilitate the adsorption of sub-micron particulates and dissolved organic molecules. In some instances, the first filtration stage 310 is capable of capturing particles larger than the second filtration stage. By capturing large particles in the first filtration stage 310, the second filtration stage 320 can work more effectively because it may not become clogged with larger debris particles.

As discussed in more detail below, the second filtration stage 320 can include one or more filtration modules that are arranged in an upright orientation. The membrane filtration modules can be provided in the form of a membrane filter, such as a reverse osmosis filter, nanofiltration filter, ultrafiltration filter, or microfiltration filter. In one embodiment, the membrane filter is provided in the form of a hollow-fiber membrane filter. Membrane filtration captures contaminants in a physical barrier via a size-exclusion mechanism consistent with sand, diatomaceous earth, and pleated cartridge pool and spa filter media. However, membrane filtration is capable of capturing particles above about 0.005 microns in size (or 0.005 microns in size), particularly in the range of about 0.02 microns to about 0.2 microns (or 0.02 microns to 0.2 microns).

As shown best in FIG. 3A, the inlet port 280a of FIG. 2 is connected to and in fluid communication with an internal inlet pipe 330a. The outlet port 280b of FIG. 2 is connected to and in fluid communication with an internal outlet pipe 330b. During operation, a contaminated fluid (e.g., water from the aquatic application 100) enters the hybrid filter assembly 200 through the inlet port 280a and the internal inlet pipe 330a, flows through the first filtration stage 310 and then the second filtration stage 320, and exits the hybrid filter assembly 200 as a filtered fluid through the internal outlet pipe 330b and the outlet port 280b.

In one embodiment, the hybrid filter assembly 200 may also include one or more of a diffuser 340, a passive internal air relief valve 350, and an air bleeder tube 360. In one embodiment, the diffuser 340 can be connected to an end of the internal inlet pipe 330a and is designed to distribute water throughout the filtration vessel 210. The relief valve 350 may be connected to the first port 250 of FIG. 2. In some instances, the relief valve 350 can be opened to allow air and/or water in a top portion of the filtration vessel 210 to escape. In other instances, the relief valve 350 can be closed, enabling pressure to build up in the filtration vessel 210. When pressurized, fluid in the filtration vessel 210 may be forced to flow down to the bottom of the filtration vessel 210, and out of the internal outlet pipe 330b, the outlet port 280, and/or the drain port 280c of FIG. 2.

Now turning to FIGS. 4A and 4B various views of the internal components of the upper housing 220 and the lower housing 230 are shown, respectively. A manifold 410 is provided in the form of a first component 410a and a second component 410b, each of which is disposed within the filtration vessel 210. Specifically, FIG. 4A illustrates a top-down view of the internal components of the upper housing 220 comprising a first component 410a of a manifold 410. FIG. 4B illustrates a top isometric view of the lower housing 230 comprising a second component 410b of the manifold 410. Together, the first component 410a and the second component 410b of the manifold 410 may secure one or more second filtration stage filter membranes in an upright configuration within the hybrid filter assembly 200 by engaging with opposing ends of the filter membranes.

As shown, each of the first component 410a and the second component 410b of the manifold 410 comprises one or more arms extending from a center. Each of the ends of the one or more arms can include a module receiver. Referring specifically to FIG. 4A, the first component 410a of the manifold 410 comprises four upper arms 421a-424a extending radially outwardly from an upper center region 430a and four upper module receivers 441a-444d.

The second component 410b of the manifold 410 can substantially mirror the first component 410a. Thus, as shown in FIG. 4B, the second component 410b includes four lower arms 421b-424b extending radially outwardly from a lower center region 430b and four lower module receivers 441b-444b.

Thus, when the upper housing 220 and the lower housing 230 are coupled, a fluid circuit can be formed between the first component 410a of the manifold 410, the second component 410b of the manifold 410, and the one or more filtration modules disposed between the first component 410a and the second component 410b of the manifold 410.

Turning to FIGS. 5A and 5B, detailed views of the second filtration stage 320 are shown. For clarity, various parts of the hybrid filter assembly 200 have been removed to show some of the internal components. Four membrane filtration modules 510a-510d of the second filtration stage 320 are positioned within the manifold 410. It is to be understood that although four membrane filtration modules 510a-510d are shown, the hybrid filter assembly 200 (and other embodiments of the hybrid filter assembly disclosed herein) may contain more or fewer membrane filtration modules depending on the embodiment. For example, some embodiments contain multiple membrane filtration modules of the same type and capacity, including nominal pore size, diameter, and practical length, which are co-located within the filtration vessel 210 in a parallel array. Whereas, other embodiments may contain a single membrane filtration module or multiple membrane filtration modules of different types, shapes, sizes, lengths, and/or diameters, employed in series and/or in parallel.

In some instances, the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may each be provided with, in fluid communication with, or otherwise associated with one or more membrane module valves. For example, each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be in fluid communication with an isolation valve designed to selectively allow and prevent fluid flow to one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. In some instances, the one or more membrane module valves may be designed to facilitate a targeted cleaning of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d, such as the targeted cleaning procedures described with reference to FIGS. 42, 43, 45, 46, and 48-51. In some cases, the one or more membrane module valves may be provided in the form of a filtration module valve system 5200 as further described with reference to FIGS. 52 and 53. In certain instances, the one or more membrane module valves may be designed to direct fluid flow to a particular membrane filtration module or a subset of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d when the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d are provided as different types. For example, when a first membrane filtration module 510a is provided in the form of a nanofiltration membrane module and the membrane filtration modules 510b-510d are provided in the form of ultrafiltration membrane modules, the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves to take the first membrane filtration module 510a offline (e.g., not processing fluid) while the membrane filtration modules 510b-510d remain online (e.g., processing fluid from the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1). In other cases, the one or more membrane module valves may be designed to direct fluid flow to a particular membrane filtration module or a subset of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d when the central controller 150 determines that a particular membrane filtration module or a subset of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d are more fouled than the other membrane filtration modules (e.g., by determining a permeability value of each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d). For example, the central controller 150 may determine a first permeability value of the first membrane filtration module 510a, a second permeability value of the second membrane filtration module 510b, a third permeability value of the third membrane filtration module 510c, and a fourth permeability value of the fourth membrane filtration module 510d. Continuing with this example, if the central controller 150 determines that the first membrane filtration module 510a is more fouled than the membrane filtration modules 510b-510d and is in need of cleaning, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves such that a backwashing fluid and/or a chemical cleaning agent is provided to the first membrane filtration module 510a while the membrane filtration modules 510b-510d continue processing fluid from the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1. In certain instances, the one or more membrane module valves may be designed to facilitate any of the targeted cleaning processes, membrane module isolation processes, and variations thereof, described herein.

In certain instances, the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be designed to improve the water quality of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1 in various ways. For example, one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be provided in the form of an ultrafiltration membrane module designed to reduce the turbidity and improve the water clarity of the water of the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1. In addition, the ultrafiltration membrane modules may be designed to help prevent the formation of chloramines in the water of the swimming pool 110 by removing organic materials (in addition to other contaminants) from the water of the swimming pool 110, thereby reducing a concentration of organic materials in the water. As an additional example, one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be provided in the form of a nanofiltration membrane module designed to improve water quality by removing cyanuric acid and/or calcium (in addition to other contaminants) from the water of the swimming pool 110, thereby reducing a concentration of the cyanuric acid and/or calcium in the water. It is to be understood that membrane filtration modules of different types, shapes, sizes, lengths, and/or diameters may be provided in the hybrid filter assembly 200, employed in series and/or in parallel, and be designed to target particular contaminants for removal from the water of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1.

In certain cases, a particular membrane filtration module or a subset of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be imparted with a different membrane surface area than the other membrane filtration modules. In these instances, the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves to selectively provide fluid to the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d to help improve the energy efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly 200. For example, the central controller 150 may direct the one or more membrane module valves to take the membrane filtration modules imparted with a larger surface area offline when the determined bather load of the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 is low (e.g., when a determined bather load value is below a predetermined bather load threshold value or bather load threshold range). As another example, the central controller 150 may direct the one or more membrane module valves to take the membrane filtration modules imparted with a larger surface area offline when the central controller 150 determines the water quality of the pool is of high enough quality such that not all of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d are needed to process the water of the swimming pool 110. In such instances, the central controller 150 may determine that the water quality of the swimming pool 110 is at a sufficiently high quality when a concentration of one or more contaminants is below a predetermined threshold value or range. As yet another example, when a lower flow rate is required to process the water of the swimming pool 110, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves such that fluid is only provided to the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d designed for lower flow rates, thereby improving the energy efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly 200. In such instances, the central controller may take one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d offline when it is determined that the flow rate of water through the hybrid filter assembly is below a threshold flow rate. It is to be understood that each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be imparted with a different membrane surface area or that particular subsets of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be imparted with different membrane surface areas. It is also to be understood that one or more membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be taken offline (e.g., when a determined bather load value is below a predetermined bather load threshold value) even when each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d are substantially identical. It is to be understood that the membrane module valves, as described herein with reference to the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d, may be implemented with any of the membrane filtration modules of any of the hybrid filter assemblies discussed herein.

Now referring to FIGS. 6A and 6B, detailed illustrations of an instance of a membrane filtration module 600 according to an embodiment are shown. The membrane filtration module 600 can be one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d of FIGS. 5A and 5B. As shown in FIG. 6A, the membrane filtration module 600 is provided in the form of an enclosed assembly comprising a cylindrical housing 610, a top endcap 620, and a bottom endcap 630. The top endcap 620 may be provided as a “blind” endcap that is designed to separate a module feed and a permeate flow. The top endcap 620 may further isolate the membrane filtration module 600 from unfiltered water introduced to the first filtration stage 310. In some instances, the top endcap 620 can include a plug 625 designed to form a substantially watertight seal to prevent water from entering or leaving one or more membrane filtration modules 510a-510d of the second filtration stage 320.

The bottom endcap 630 may be provided in the form of a lateral endcap. The bottom endcap 630 may further include a plurality of axial slits 640 circumscribing and extending partially or fully through the bottom endcap 630. The bottom endcap 630 is designed to help keep the media of the first filtration stage 310 separated from the media of the second filtration stage 320. Thus, in some instances, the bottom endcap 630 can include another plug (not shown) designed to form a substantially watertight seal to prevent water from entering or leaving one or more membrane filtration modules 510a-510d of the second filtration stage 320.

The axial slits 640 may be equidistantly spaced circumferentially around the bottom endcap 630 in some instances. In other aspects, the axial slits 640 may be non-uniform and/or may not extend entirely around the circumference thereof. In some forms, the axial slits 640 are imparted with a width of about 0.005 inches to about 0.02 inches (or about 0.0127 cm (centimeters) to about 0.0508 cm). In other forms, the axial slits 640 are imparted with a width of 0.005 inches to 0.02 inches (or 0.0127 cm to 0.0508 cm). In yet other forms, the axial slits 640 are imparted with a width somewhat larger or even smaller than the values recited herein. The axial slits 640 are designed to have a lateral opening that is smaller than the size of the media of the first filtration stage 310, so as to prevent the media from the first filtration stage 310 from entering the membrane filtration module 600. Additionally, the bottom endcap 630 is configured to keep the permeate and feed flow paths separate and to fluidly couple a permeate pipe of the filtration module to the filtration vessel 210 of FIG. 2.

Referring specifically to FIG. 6B, various internal components of the membrane filtration module 600 are shown. The internal components can include a membrane 650 surrounding a permeate pipe 660. Fluid can flow between the membrane 650 and the permeate pipe 660 via a plurality of axial openings 670. A module outlet 680 disposed at an end of the membrane 650 and the permeate pipe 660 can form a fluid flow path between the permeate pipe 660 and the filtration vessel 210 of FIG. 2.

In one embodiment, the membrane filtration module 600 is defined by an asymmetric hollow fiber membrane produced from selective homopolymers or copolymers (e.g., polyethersulfone (PES) and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) polymers). In other instances, the hollow fiber membranes may be formed of a blend of polymers such as, by way of example, a blend PES and PVP polymers or a blend of PES, PEV, and polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymers. In some instances, the hollow fibers deposited in an interior of the membrane filtration module 600 may be imparted with a surface area of at least about 20 square meters to at least about 30 square meters, although the surface area of the hollow fibers deposited within the interior of the membrane filtration module 600 may be somewhat less or even greater than these values. In other embodiments, the membrane filtration module 600 can be provided in a symmetric type with uniform pore structure, or as a layer deposited onto a structural core. In some instances, the membrane filtration module 600 can be produced from silicon carbide ceramic having a controlled crystalline or lattice structure.

In some forms, the membrane filtration modules 600 are ultrafiltration membranes imparted with a nominal pore size of about 10 to about 50 nanometers, or more particularly, about 20 to about 40 nanometers, and imparted with a lumen diameter of about 0.25 millimeters to about 2.5 millimeters. In other forms, the membrane filtration modules 600 are ultrafiltration membranes imparted with a nominal pore size of 10 to 50 nanometers, or more particularly, 20 to 40 nanometers, and imparted with a lumen diameter of 0.25 millimeters to 2.5 millimeters. In yet other forms, the membrane filtration modules 600 are ultrafiltration membranes imparted with a nominal pore size and lumen diameter that are larger or smaller than the values recited herein. The ultrafiltration membranes may be operated in a dead-end, inside-out deposition mode, and fouling recovery is achieved through backwashing via flux reversal. In other embodiments, the membrane filtration module 600 may be provided in the form of microfiltration membranes imparted a nominal pore size of about 50 nanometers to about 1,500 nanometers (or 50 nanometers to 1,500 nanometers), although the pore size of the microfiltration membranes may be larger or smaller than these values. In yet other embodiments, the membrane filtration module 600 may include fibers imparted with a lumen diameter of about 0.3 millimeters to about 3 millimeters (or 0.3 millimeters to 3 millimeters). Depending on the instance, it may be preferable to utilize fibers with a lumen diameter imparted with a value of about 0.5 millimeters to about 2 millimeters (or 0.5 millimeters to about 2 millimeters). In some instances, the membrane filtration modules 600 are imparted with a molecular weight cut-off (MWCO) value of about 150 kilodaltons to about 200 kilodaltons (or 150 kilodaltons to 200 kilodaltons), although the MWCU value may be less than or greater than these values. In other instances, the membrane filtration modules 600 may be imparted with a MWCU value such that the membrane filtration modules 600 are designed to retain silt, bacteria, viruses, and/or other particles that reduce water clarity and water quality. In some embodiments, the membrane filtration modules 600 can be operated using an outside-in deposition mode, and/or the fibers of the membrane filtration modules 600 can be provided in a randomized arrangement or by including helically wound fibers.

In some instances, the membrane filtration module 600 may be imparted with chemical resistance properties. For example, the membrane filtration module 600 may be imparted with acid-resistant properties, base-resistant properties, and/or chlorine-resistant properties. In certain instances, the membrane filtration module 600 may not degrade under high- or low-pH conditions, e.g., the membrane filtration module 600 may be designed to operate without significant degradation when processing fluid imparted with a pH value of about 2 to about 12 (or a pH value of 2 to 12). As an additional example, the membrane filtration module 600 may be designed to operate without significant degradation when processing fluid imparted with a free chlorine value of no more than about 500 milligrams per liter (or no more than 500 milligrams per liter). In certain instances, the membrane filtration module 600 may be designed to operate without significant degradation when the water supplied to the membrane filtration module 600 is imparted with a pH value somewhat lower or higher than the values recited herein. In certain other instances, the membrane filtration module 600 may be designed to operate without significant degradation when the water supplied to the membrane filtration module 600 is imparted with a free chlorine value even greater than the values recited herein. Thus, in certain instances, the membrane filtration module 600 may resist degradation by the chemicals provided to the membrane filtration module 600 during the chemical cleaning process.

In certain instances, the membrane filtration module 600 may be provided as a Pentair X-Flow XF53 Membrane Element manufactured by X-Flow B.V. of the Netherlands.

FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate a membrane filtration module 700 according to another embodiment. The membrane filtration module 700 is similar to the membrane filtration module 600 of FIGS. 6A and 6B. However, the cylindrical housing 610 is provided in the form of a solid guard 710. Similar to the cylindrical housing 610 of FIGS. 6A and 6B, the guard 710 can extend between and be coupled to the top endcap 620 and the bottom endcap 630. Thus, the guard 710 can substantially or entirely surround the internal components of the membrane filtration module.

The guard 710 is designed to provide separation between the first filtration stage (e.g., the porous media) 310 and the second filtration stage 320. Therefore, it can be easier to install and service the hybrid filter assembly 200 because an interior portion of the membrane filtration module 700 (i.e., the internal components) can be slidably removed without removing the guard 710. For example, the top endcap 620 can be detached from the membrane filtration module 700 and the internal components of the module can be removed upwardly therefrom. The membrane filtration module 700 can then be serviced or replaced without disturbing the first filtration stage 310. Once a maintenance or other operation is complete, the interior portion of the membrane filtration module 700 may be replaced and the top endcap 620 secured.

Turning to FIGS. 8-11, a fluid flow path of water through the hybrid filter assembly 200 is depicted and described. FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrate a fluid flow path through the hybrid filter assembly 200 during a filtration operation or mode. Referring first to FIG. 8A, a first flow path 810 of a fluid passing through the first filtration stage 310 is shown. During the filtration mode, fluid enters the hybrid filter assembly 200 through the inlet port 280a and the internal inlet pipe 330a. The directed fluid is then distributed throughout the top of the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the diffuser 340. The fluid flows downward and through the first filtration stage 310, which captures large particles.

Next, referring to FIG. 8B, the fluid flows into the second filtration stage 320 through one or more of the axial slits 640 of one or more of the membrane filtration modules 600 as shown by a second flow path 820. The fluid flows upwards through the membrane 650 and into the permeate pipe 660 through the axial openings 670. The membrane 650 captures submicron particles, bacteria, and viruses in the fluid. The clean permeate fluid is then directed downward through the permeate pipe 660, and out of the membrane filtration module 600 via the module outlet 680. The module outlet 680 is in fluid communication with the internal outlet pipe 330b such that the clean water exits the hybrid filter assembly 200 through the internal outlet pipe 330b and the outlet port 280b. One or more of the membrane filtration modules 600 may be utilized during the filtration operation. Over time, the first filtration stage 310 and the second filtration stage 320 may lose efficiency due to the fouling of the filters. Thus, one or more of the first filtration stage 310, and the second filtration stage 320 can be backwashed to remove the contaminants to at least partially restore the efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly 200.

Turning to FIGS. 9A and 9B, a bypass system and a bypass flow path for the hybrid filter assembly are illustrated. The bypass system may allow fluid to flow through the first filtration stage 310 (not shown) and bypass the second filtration stage 320 when the hybrid filter assembly 200 operates in a bypass mode. Alternatively, the bypass system may prevent fluid flow to both the first and second filtration stages 310, 320. In some instances, the bypass mode may be utilized as a subroutine of the filtration mode, the backwash mode, and/or the chemical cleaning mode. For example, when the bypass mode is utilized as a subroutine of the filtration mode, the first filtration stage 310 may filter fluid normally, but the fluid may be provided back to the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 without being provided to the second filtration stage 320. As an additional example, when the bypass mode is utilized as a subroutine of the backwash mode, the first filtration stage 310 may filter fluid normally at the same time as the second filtration stage 320 is provided with a backwashing fluid. In such instances, the backwashing fluid provided to the second filtration stage 320 may exit the hybrid filter assembly 200 via a waste conduit or a drain (e.g., the drain port 280c) that is fluidly coupled to the second filtration stage 320. As yet another example, when the bypass mode is utilized as a subroutine of the chemical cleaning mode, the first filtration stage 310 may filter fluid normally at the same time a chemical cleaning agent is supplied to the second filtration stage 320 and/or the second filtration stage 320 is soaked with a chemical cleaning agent.

As depicted in FIG. 9A, an instance of a bypass system 900 is provided in the form of a first valve 902a, a second valve 902b, an inlet conduit 904, a bypass valve 905, an outlet conduit 906, and a valve conduit 908. The inlet conduit 904 may be coupled to or in fluid communication with the inlet port 280a of the hybrid filter assembly 200, and the outlet conduit 906 may be coupled to or in fluid communication with the outlet port 280b of the hybrid filter assembly 200. The bypass valve 905 may be positioned to be in fluid communication with the outlet conduit 906, although the bypass valve 905 may also be positioned elsewhere in the hybrid filter assembly 200. The valve conduit 908 may fluidly couple the first and second valves 902a, 902b. Each of the first and second valves 902a, 902b may be in electronic communication with the central controller 150 of FIG. 1. The central controller 150 may direct actuation of the first and second valves 902a, 902b, the bypass valve 905, and/or other components of the hybrid filter assembly 200 such that the hybrid filter assembly 200 enters the bypass mode.

The first valve 902a may be coupled to or in fluid communication with the inlet conduit 904 and the valve conduit 908. In certain instances, when the hybrid filter assembly 200 operates in a bypass mode, the central controller 150 may actuate the first valve 902a to prevent fluid from the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 from flowing into the inlet port 280a. Instead, the fluid may be directed through the valve conduit 908 and recirculated back to the swimming pool 110. In such instances, the central controller 150 may also actuate the second valve 902b to prevent backflow through the outlet conduit 906 and to the hybrid filter assembly 200. Such a bypass mode may be activated, for example, when at least one of the first and second filtration stages 310, 320 undergoes a chemical soaking or cleaning process.

In certain instances, when the hybrid filter assembly 200 operates in the bypass mode, fluid may still be provided to the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the inlet conduit 904. In such instances, fluid from the swimming pool 110 may only be provided to the first filtration stage 310. More particularly, the central controller 150 may actuate the bypass valve 905 such that fluid is provided to the first filtration stage 310 while the one or more membrane filtration modules (e.g., the membrane filtration modules 600) of the second filtration stage 320 are bypassed. As shown in FIG. 9B, when the bypass mode is initiated by the central controller 150, fluid from the swimming pool 110 may follow a fluid flow path 910 in which the fluid is filtered by the first filtration stage 310 but does not enter the second filtration stage 320. In such instances, the fluid may enter the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the inlet port 280a and flow through the diffuser 340, be filtered by the granular media 315, flow through a sieve 912 (see FIG. 9A), and then exit the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the outlet port 280b. After exiting the hybrid filter assembly 200, the fluid may be provided back to the swimming pool 110 via the outlet conduit 906. The second valve 902b may then direct the fluid filtered by the first filtration stage 310 back to the swimming pool 110. This bypass mode, as described herein, may be activated when the second filtration stage 320 undergoes a chemical soaking or cleaning.

In certain instances, the central controller 150 can direct actuation of the first and second valves 902a, 902b such that fluid from the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 is cycled more than once through the first filtration stage 310 before being provided back to the swimming pool. In such instances, filtered fluid may flow from the second valve 902b through the valve conduit 908 and to the first valve 902a, allowing the filtered fluid to be provided back to the first filtration stage 310.

FIGS. 10 and 11 illustrate a fluid flow path through the hybrid filter assembly 200 during a backwash operation or mode. For backwashing, the fluid flow is reversed with respect to the filtration mode as described above. Thus, the particles that have previously been captured by the first filtration stage 310 and the second filtration stage 320 can be removed from the hybrid filter assembly 200 in unison. When the backwash operation is activated, water is pumped or otherwise passed into the hybrid filter assembly 200 through the outlet port 280b and the internal outlet pipe 330b and upwardly through the membrane filtration module 600 via the module outlet 680. As shown by a third fluid flow path 1010, the water flows through the permeate pipe 660, out of the axial openings 670, through the membrane 650, and out of the module outlet 680.

Next, referring to FIG. 11, the water from the module outlet 680 of the second filtration stage 320 is directed back through the first filtration stage 310. As shown by a fourth fluid flow path 1110, the water flows up through the media of the first filtration stage 310, into the diffuser 340, down through the internal inlet pipe 330a, and out of the filtration vessel 210 via the inlet port 280a. When the first filtration stage 310 is backwashed with sufficient velocity, the media lifts and disperses, allowing the trapped particulates to flow out of the media volume. Thus, particles that were captured by the first and the second stages of filtration are removed during a single pass. By backwashing the hybrid filter assembly 200, the efficiency of the first filtration stage 310 and the second filtration stage 320 can be maintained, thereby extending the life of the hybrid filter assembly 200.

In addition to backwashing, it can be beneficial to chemically clean the hybrid filter assembly 200 because backwashing may not remove or neutralize all contaminants (e.g., organics, viruses, and bacteria) from the hybrid filter assembly 200. In some instances, it can be useful to clean the membrane filtration module 600 with one or more of a disinfectant, a chemical, a chemical agent, a cleaning agent, or chemical cleaning agent such as chlorine, bromine, calcium hypochlorite, trichloroisocyanuric acid, dichloro-s-triazinetrione, other cleaning or bleaching agents, and combinations thereof. For example, the chemical cleaning agent may be selected from the group consisting of a chlorine-containing compound, a chlorine-containing solution, a bromine-containing compound, a bromine-containing solution, a bleaching agent, an acidic solution, and combinations thereof. In some such instances, the chemical cleaning agent may be selected from the group consisting of calcium hypochlorite, trichloroisocyanuric acid, dichloro-s-triazinetrione, and combinations thereof. Accordingly, FIGS. 12-20C, 26A-26C, 50, and 51 illustrate various instances of chemical cleaning systems for recovering one or more of the membranes of the hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein.

In use, the hybrid filter assembly 200 may be subjected to one or more backwashing operations and/or one or more chemical cleaning processes described herein. Thus, by recovering the first and second filtration stages 310, 320, the operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly 200 may be maintained.

Referring first to FIG. 12, a first embodiment of a chemical cleaning system 1200 is illustrated. The chemical cleaning system 1200 can be associated with or provided with a hybrid filter assembly. As shown, the hybrid filter assembly provided with the chemical cleaning system 1200 is the hybrid filter assembly 200 of FIG. 2. However, it is to be understood that the hybrid filter assembly can be any of the hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein or variations discussed herein (e.g., the hybrid filter assemblies discussed with reference to FIGS. 21-25 and 39-64).

In addition to the hybrid filter assembly 200, the chemical cleaning system 1200 may be provided in the form of a chemical feed tank 1210 designed to retain a chemical cleaning agent 1212, a chemical feed line 1240, and one or more valves (e.g., a diverter valve 1245) in fluid communication with the chemical feed line 1240 and a swimming pool sanitization conduit 1270.

The hybrid filter assembly 200 may be in communication with the chemical feed tank 1210. The chemical feed tank 1210 includes a chemical cleaning agent 1212 therein, which in some embodiments is chlorine. The chemical feed tank 1210 may be a component of the sanitizer 126 or water chemistry regulator 128 of FIG. 1, although the chemical feed tank 1210 may also be provided as a separate, standalone component. In some instances, the chemical feed tank 1210 can be, or included as part of the sanitizer 126 of FIG. 1. In other instances, the chemical feed tank 1210 is a separate chemical storage container from the sanitizer 126. However, in either instance, the chemical feed tank 1210 can also be in fluid communication with the swimming pool 110 via a separate fluid conduit line or the swimming pool sanitization conduit 1270.

As shown in FIG. 12, the chemical cleaning system 1200 includes the chemical feed tank 1210 positioned above and in fluid communication with the hybrid filter assembly 200. The chemical feed tank 1210 includes the chemical cleaning agent 1212 therein and can be in fluid communication with the hybrid filter assembly 200 via a chemical feed line 1240 that ties into or is otherwise in fluid communication with the first port 250. The chemical feed line 1240 may be designed to provide fluid communication between the chemical feed tank 1210 and the hybrid filter assembly 200. For example, the chemical feed line 1240 may be designed to provide fluid communication between the chemical feed tank 1210 and the second filtration stage 320 and, optionally, the chemical feed tank 1210 and the first filtration stage 310. Thus, the contents of the chemical feed tank 1210 (e.g., chemical cleaning agent 1212) can be gravity-fed into the top of the hybrid filter assembly 200. Although the chemical feed tank 1210 is positioned above or directly above the upper housing 220 of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the chemical feed tank 1210 may be positioned in other areas that are above a plane P defined by an upper surface of the upper housing 220. Such placement allows the gravity feed of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to happen without the use of pumping or other mechanisms.

The swimming pool sanitization conduit 1270 and/or the chemical feed line 1240 may be in fluid communication with the diverter valve 1245. The diverter valve 1245 may be designed to direct at least a portion of the flow of the chemical cleaning agent to the swimming pool 110 and/or the hybrid filter assembly 200. The diverter valve 1245 may be provided with the chemical cleaning agent 1212 from the chemical feed tank 1210 and direct the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the hybrid filter assembly 200 and/or the swimming pool 110. The diverter valve 1245 may be in communication with the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 and/or provided with a local controller. The central controller 150 and/or the local controller may direct actuation of the diverter valve 1245 (e.g., into a first configuration or a second configuration) such that the chemical cleaning agent can be provided to the hybrid filter assembly 200 and/or the swimming pool 110. In some instances, the diverter valve 1245 may be provided in the form of a rotary diverter valve, although other types of diverter valves may also be used in the chemical cleaning system 1200.

Referring again to FIG. 12, the swimming pool sanitization conduit 1270 can be a part of, or in fluid communication with, the fluid circuit formed between the components 102 of the pool pad 120 and the swimming pool 110, as described in FIG. 1. In some instances, as shown in FIG. 12, the swimming pool sanitization conduit 1270 can tie into the chemical feed line 1240. Therefore, the chemical feed tank 1210 may clean the hybrid filter assembly 200 and/or maintain a desired sanitization level in the swimming pool 110.

In some instances, the chemical cleaning system 1200 may operate in a sanitization mode. One or more sensors (not shown) associated with the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1 may provide information which is used by the central controller 150 to determine when to initiate a sanitization operation of the chemical cleaning system 1200. In the sanitization operation, the diverter valve 1245 can be oriented in a first configuration such that the chemical cleaning agent 1212 flows from the chemical feed tank 1210 to the swimming pool 110 and/or the other downstream components 102 of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. Further, during the sanitization operation, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may not be provided to the hybrid filter assembly 200.

The dosage rate of the chemical cleaning agent and/or the amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 provided during the sanitization operation can be determined based on one or more measurements taken by the one or more sensors of the aquatic application 100. In some instances, one or more sensors may be provided in the form of a pH probe, an oxidation-reduction potential (ORP) sensor, a free chlorine (FC) sensor, a turbidity sensor, and/or any other sensor capable of measuring one or more parameters associated with the water chemistry of the aquatic application 100. Thus, the one or more sensors may be designed to detect or measure a pH value, an ORP value, a FC value, a turbidity value, and/or any other physical or water chemistry parameter. Information associated with measurements obtained by the one or more sensors may be provided to the central controller 150, which in turn determines the dosage rate of the chemical cleaning agent and/or the amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 provided during the sanitization operation.

The one or more sensors may be provided at various locations in the aquatic application 100. For example, one or more sensors may be positioned at discrete locations throughout the aquatic application 100 (e.g., in the swimming pool 110 or the conduits associated with the aquatic application 100) and/or the hybrid filter assembly 200. In some instances, the one or more sensors can be included in a sensor manifold. The sensor manifold can be included in the hybrid filter assembly 200. For example, the sensor manifold can be located in upper housing 220 of the filtration vessel 210 of the hybrid filter assembly 200. Alternatively, or in addition to, one or more sensors can be included in a sensor manifold coupled to the first port 250 of the hybrid filter assembly 200.

In some instances, the chemical cleaning system 1200 may operate in a chemical cleaning mode. In the chemical cleaning mode, the chemical cleaning agent may be provided to the hybrid filter assembly 200. In addition, the chemical cleaning agent may not be provided to the swimming pool 110 via the swimming pool sanitization conduit 1270. When the chemical cleaning system 1200 operates in the chemical cleaning mode, the diverter valve 1245 may be arranged in a second configuration such that chemical cleaning agent is provided to the hybrid filter assembly 200. The central controller 150 may determine to operate the chemical cleaning system 1200 in the chemical cleaning mode in accordance with any of the methods described herein with reference to FIGS. 65-77.

In some instances, the chemical cleaning system 1200 may be inactive. In such instances, diverter valve 1245 may be arranged in a closed configuration such that the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may not be provided to either of the swimming pool 110 or the hybrid filter assembly 200. The central controller 150 may determine to place the chemical cleaning system 1200 in an inactive mode after determining that neither the swimming pool 110 nor the hybrid filter assembly 200 need to be supplied with the chemical cleaning agent 1212.

In some instances, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may pass through the hybrid filter assembly 200 to the swimming pool 110 and/or other downstream components 102 of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. As described in more detail below, in some instances, after a chemical cleaning procedure of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be directed to the remainder of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1 (e.g., the swimming pool 110).

In some instances, when the hybrid filter assembly 200 operates in the filtration mode, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be fed to the hybrid filter assembly 200 and the remainder of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. For example, the diverter valve 1245 may be arranged in the second configuration to provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the hybrid filter assembly 200 and, after the chemical cleaning agent 1212 has flowed through the hybrid filter assembly 200, any unreacted chemical cleaning agent 1212 may then flow to the remainder of the aquatic application 100. A benefit of continuously feeding the chemical cleaning agent 1212 through the hybrid filter assembly 200 is that the chemical cleaning agent can provide some sanitization and cleaning of the hybrid filter assembly 200 even when the hybrid filter assembly 200 is not operating in a chemical cleaning mode. The dosage rate and/or the amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 provided to the hybrid filter assembly 200 may be determined by the central controller 150 based on one or more measurements taken by the one or more sensors of the aquatic application 100 (e.g., one or more measurements to determine a pH value, an ORP value, a FC value, a turbidity value).

Still referring to FIG. 12, in certain instances, the diverter valve 1245 may instead be provided as a first two-way valve. The first two-way valve may be designed to control the flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 through the chemical feed line 1240. In such instances, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may not be provided to the swimming pool 110 via the swimming pool sanitization conduit 1270. During the normal filtration operation of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the first two-way valve 1245 can be positioned in a closed configuration so that no chemical cleaning agent 1212 is delivered to the hybrid filter assembly 200.

In use, in a cleaning operation to clean the hybrid filter assembly 200, the first two-way valve 1245 can be opened to establish a flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212. In some instances, the inlet port 280a and the outlet port 280b can be closed, thereby blocking off the flow of water through an inlet line 1220 and the flow of water through an outlet line 1230 from the aquatic application 100, respectively. By closing the inlet port 280a and the outlet port 280b, the hybrid filter assembly 200 can be isolated from the rest of the system and the second filtration stage 320 can be soaked with the chemical cleaning agent 1212. If needed, the drain port 280c and/or the second two-way valve 1260 can be opened such that the chemical cleaning agent can flow into the hybrid filter assembly 200. In some instances, the bypass operation disclosed herein may be effectuated to allow fluid flow to bypass one or more portions of the hybrid filter assembly 200 during cleaning. The inlet line 1220 can correspond to and/or be the inlet conduit 130 of FIG. 1 or in fluid communication with the inlet conduit 130. The outlet line 1230 can correspond to and/or be one of the discharge conduits 140a-140c of FIG. 1 or in fluid communication with one or more of the discharge conduits 140a-140c.

In certain instances, a drain line 1250 may be coupled to the drain port 280c of the hybrid filter assembly 200. The drain line 1250 may be designed to place the hybrid filter assembly 200 in fluid communication with a waste system or a drain. The drain line 1250 may help facilitate the draining of the hybrid filter assembly 200 for maintenance, in preparation for winterization, prior to cleaning, and/or such that the waste chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be directed to the waste system. In some instances, such as when the hybrid filter assembly 200 is drained to a waste system, the drain line 1250 may include a second two-way valve 1260. The second two-way valve 1260 may be designed to control the flow out of the drain line 1250. Alternatively, the drain line 1250 and the second two-way valve 1260 may be omitted, and/or the drain port 280c can be opened and the contents of the hybrid filter assembly can be released to the environment (e.g., the ground), a container, or otherwise disposed of.

The amount and frequency with which the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is to be delivered to the hybrid filter assembly 200 is dependent on various factors discussed hereinbelow. In some instances, one or more of the valves 1245, 1260 may be manually opened and/or closed. In some instances, one or more of the valves 1245, 1260 may be opened and/or closed via the central controller 150 of FIG. 1. In certain cases, one or more of the valves 1245, 1260 may be partially opened and/or partially closed. In other instances, one or more of the valves 1245, 1260 may be fully opened or fully closed.

A benefit of the chemical cleaning system 1200 is that no additional pumps are required to clean the hybrid filter assembly 200 because the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is gravity-fed into the hybrid filter assembly 200. Further, because the chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be directly injected into the top of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be fed directly into the second stage filtration modules (e.g., the four membrane filtration modules 510a-510d of the second filtration stage 320) in the hybrid filter assembly 200. However, the chemical cleaning agent's 1212 feed rate can depend on the size of the chemical feed tank 1210. Therefore, it may be beneficial to modify the chemical cleaning system 1200 to include a chemical dosing pump so that the chemical feed tank 1210 does not have to be elevated above the hybrid filter assembly. In any of the embodiments described herein, the chemical dosing pump may be provided in the form of a standalone pump, may utilize or be the variable speed pump 122 and/or the booster pump 123, may be incorporated into the chemical feed tank 1210, may be incorporated into the hybrid filter assembly 200, or otherwise use an existing pump associated with the aquatic application 100.

Thus, as shown in FIG. 13, a chemical cleaning system 1300 can include a chemical dosing pump 1310 in conjunction with and in communication with the chemical feed tank 1210 and the chemical cleaning agent 1212 therein. The chemical cleaning system 1300 is similar to the chemical cleaning system 1200 of FIG. 12. However, the chemical feed tank 1210 is fluidly coupled to the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the chemical feed line 1240. The chemical dosing pump 1310 is positioned in the chemical feed line 1240 and provides the driving force to deliver the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the hybrid filter assembly 200. The chemical dosing pump 1310 can be provided in the form of a peristaltic pump, a diaphragm pump, a motor-drive metering pump, a centrifugal pump, and any other pump known in the art. In some forms, the chemical dosing pump 1310 is a peristaltic pump. Although the chemical dosing pump 1310 is depicted as a separate component, the chemical dosing pump 1310 may be included with and/or integral with the chemical feed tank 1210 or the hybrid filter assembly 200.

The chemical cleaning system 1300 is operated similarly to the chemical cleaning system 1200 of FIG. 12 because the only difference between the chemical cleaning system 1200 and the chemical cleaning system 1300 is the location of the chemical feed tank 1210 and the method of delivering the chemical cleaning agent to the hybrid filter assembly 200 (i.e., gravity-fed vs. pumping). However, the chemical dosing pump 1310 may be able to provide a more precise dosing of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 as compared to the gravity-fed system of FIG. 12. even though the chemical cleaning system 1300 utilizes an additional piece of equipment (i.e., the chemical dosing pump 1310). Accordingly, utilizing one or more pumps already included in the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1 can be desirable to supply the driving force for delivering the chemical cleaning agent throughout the hybrid filter assembly 200. Thus, several of the below embodiments illustrate systems that utilize one or more pumps already included in the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1.

Turning to FIG. 14, a chemical cleaning system 1400 that utilizes a pump 1410 is shown. In some instances, the pump 1410 can be the variable speed pump 122 and/or the booster pump 123 of FIG. 1. Thus, in some instances the chemical feed line 1240 does not include a separate chemical dosing pump. Rather, the pump 1410 acts as the chemical dosing pump because the suction side of the pump 1410 is fluidly coupled to the outlet port 280b of the hybrid filter assembly 200. When the inlet port 280a is closed, the pump 1410 can draw the chemical cleaning agent 1212 into the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the chemical feed line 1240 because a vacuum can be created in the hybrid filter assembly 200. In some embodiments, the chemical feed line 1240 also includes a two-way valve 1420 to control the flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212. In particular, the valve 1420 can be oriented in a closed orientation during normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly 200 such that the pump 1410 does not pull the chemical cleaning agent 1212 into the hybrid filter assembly 200. In other instances, the chemical feed line 1240 can include a separate pump, such as the chemical dosing pump 1310 shown in FIG. 13, designed to control the feed rate of the chemical cleaning agent 1212. Thus, in those instances, the two-way valve 1420 may be omitted from the chemical cleaning system 1400 because the pump 1410 is not used to draw the chemical cleaning agent into the hybrid filter assembly 200.

In some instances, the waste chemical cleaning agent (e.g., the chemical cleaning agent 1212 that has passed through the hybrid filter assembly 200 and contacted one or more of the four membrane filtration modules 510a-510d) can be fed back into the aquatic application 100 via the outlet port 280b. In some instances, the outlet line 1230 can include a waste line. Thus, the waste chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be sent to a waste system (e.g., via the outlet port 280b or the drain port 280c) instead of back to the aquatic application 100. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the chemical cleaning system 1400 can include a backwash valve system for directing fluid flow during a backwash and/or a chemical cleaning procedure. The backwash valve system can include two, three-way valves that are designed to direct fluid flow in/out of the hybrid filter assembly 200, to a waste system, and to/from the aquatic application 100 (see FIGS. 16-18 for a detailed description of one embodiment of a backwash valve system.)

Alternatively, after the chemical cleaning agent 1212 has been drawn into the hybrid filter assembly 200, the pump 1410 can be turned off, the outlet port 280b blocked or otherwise closed, and the drain port 280c can be opened so that the waste chemical cleaning agent can flow to a waste system, a container, or otherwise disposed of. However, this can drain the hybrid filter assembly 200 of fluid. Thus, during a normal chemical cleaning procedure, it can be useful to dispose of the waste chemical cleaning agent 1212 through the outlet line 1230 as described above.

In some instances, it can be desirable to circulate the chemical cleaning agent 1212 throughout the hybrid filter assembly 200 more than one time. Thus, including a bypass line in the system can be beneficial so that the hybrid filter assembly 200 can be more easily isolated during cleaning. Accordingly, FIGS. 15-18 illustrate various embodiments of a chemical cleaning system including a bypass line.

Referring first to FIG. 15, a chemical cleaning system 1500 including a first bypass line 1510 upstream of the pump 1410 is shown. Like the chemical cleaning system 1400 of FIG. 14, the chemical cleaning system 1500 can utilize the pump 1410 to provide the driving force to pull the chemical cleaning agent 1212 from the chemical feed tank 1210 into the hybrid filter assembly 200. As shown in one embodiment, the chemical feed line 1240 ties into the inlet line 1220 upstream of the pump 1410 (i.e., on the suction side of the pump 1410). Thus, the pump 1410 can help mix the chemical cleaning agent 1212 before entering the hybrid filter assembly 200. Further, the chemical cleaning system 1500 can include a two-way valve 1515 in the chemical feed line 1240 upstream of the pump 1410 to control the flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 therethrough. Alternatively, in some instances, the chemical feed line 1240 can include a second pump (e.g., the chemical dosing pump 1310 of FIG. 13) that is used to control the flow and dosage of the chemical cleaning agent 1212. In these instances, the chemical feed line 1240 can tie into the inlet line 1220 upstream of the suction side of the pump 1410 or downstream of the pump 1410 discharge.

The first bypass line 1510 can tie into the inlet line 1220 and the outlet line 1230 upstream of the injection point for the chemical cleaning agent (i.e., where the chemical feed line 1240 ties into the inlet line 1220). A first three-way valve 1520 can be provided at the tie-in point between the first bypass line 1510 and the inlet line 1220. A second three-way valve 1530 can be provided at the tie-in point between the first bypass line 1510 and the outlet line 1230. Thus, a flow of water between the swimming pool 110 and the hybrid filter assembly 200 can be blocked or otherwise restricted.

Thus, in some instances, the swimming pool 110 can be circulated but the hybrid filter assembly 200 can be isolated so that maintenance can be performed on the hybrid filter assembly 200. However, in other instances, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be circulated through the hybrid filter assembly 200 while circulation in the swimming pool 110 is stopped. This configuration can result in better mixing of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 through the second filtration stage 320. Once the first three-way valve 1520 and the second three-way valve 1530 are opened, and fluid flow to the swimming pool 110 is restored and the chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be dispersed throughout the entire aquatic application 100. However, limiting the amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 circulated throughout the aquatic application 100 may be desirable.

Therefore, in some embodiments, the chemical cleaning system 1500 can include a second bypass line 1540. The second bypass line 1540 can include a third three-way valve 1550 provided downstream of the first three-way valve 1530 at the tie-in point between the first bypass line 1510 and the inlet line 1220. A fourth three-way valve 1560 can be provided upstream of the second three-way valve 1530 at the tie-in point between the first bypass line 1510 and the outlet line 1230. Accordingly, the first bypass line 1510 can be designed to allow the aquatic application 100 to be circulated regardless of the operational status of the hybrid filter assembly 200, and the second bypass line 1540 can be designed to allow fluid to circulate through the hybrid filter assembly 200 regardless of the operational status of the aquatic application 100. Thus, the hybrid filter assembly 200 can be cleaned or turned off without disrupting a bather from using the swimming pool 110.

FIGS. 16 and 17 illustrate instances of chemical cleaning systems including a bypass line positioned downstream of the pump 1410. In these instances, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be circulated through the hybrid filter assembly 200, but not the remainder of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. Referring first to FIG. 16, a chemical cleaning system 1600 including a bypass line 1610 is shown. The bypass line 1610 can include a first three-way valve 1620 downstream of the pump 1410. The pump 1410 is disposed in the inlet line 1220.

However, like the chemical cleaning system 1400 of FIG. 14, the chemical feed line 1240 is in fluid communication with the first port 250 of the hybrid filter assembly 200. Thus, the chemical feed line 1240 can include the two-way valve 1420 to control the flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 so that during the normal filtration operation of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the pump 1410 does not pull the chemical cleaning agent 1212 into the hybrid filter assembly 200. However, during a cleaning operation, the two-way valve 1420 can be oriented in an open position to permit the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to flow through the chemical feed line 1240. Further, the first three-way valve 1620 can be configured in a first position to allow the pump 1410 to draw a vacuum on the hybrid filter assembly 200, thereby drawing the chemical cleaning agent into the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the chemical feed line 1240.

The bypass line 1610 can include a second three-way valve 1630 downstream of the first three-way valve 1620 and upstream of the inlet port 280a. The second three-way valve 1630 can control the fluid into the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the inlet port 280a and/or to a waste line 1650. The waste line 1650 can be in fluid communication with a waste system or drain to the environment. The bypass line 1610 can further include a third three-way valve 1640 upstream of the first three-way valve 1620 and downstream of the outlet port 280b. The third three-way valve 1640 can control the fluid flow out of the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the outlet port 280b and/or to the outlet line 1230 and deliver the fluid from the hybrid filter assembly 200 to the downstream components of the aquatic application 100. Thus, the first, second, and third three-way valves 1620, 1630, and 1640, respectively, can be oriented such that the chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be circulated throughout the hybrid filter assembly 200 without being circulated through the other components of the aquatic application 100. Further, depending on the valve configuration, the at least some or all of the waste chemical cleaning agent can be directed out of the waste line 1650 and/or circulated throughout the aquatic application 100.

Turning to FIG. 17, another embodiment of a chemical cleaning system 1700 including a bypass line 1710 downstream of the pump 1410 is shown. Here, the bypass line 1710 can tie into the inlet line 1220 downstream of the discharge of the pump 1410 and tie into the outlet line 1230 downstream of the third three-way valve 1640. The bypass line 1710 can include a second two-way valve 1720 between the tie-ins for the inlet line 1220 and the outlet line 1230.

In a normal filtration operation, the second two-way valve 1720 can be oriented in a closed position so that there is no fluid flow through the bypass line 1710. Further, the second and third three-way valves 1630 and 1640 can be in a first orientation so that fluid flows from the swimming pool 110 through the hybrid filter assembly 200 via the inlet line 1220 and the inlet port 280a, out through the outlet port 280b, and back to the swimming pool 110 through the outlet line 1230.

In a cleaning operation, the second two-way valve 1720 can be opened, and the orientations of the second and third three-way valves 1630 and 1640 can be changed so that the hybrid filter assembly 200 can be operated in a backwash mode. To draw the chemical cleaning agent 1212 into the hybrid filter assembly 200, the second two-way valve 1720 can be positioned in a closed orientation so that a vacuum can be pulled on the hybrid filter assembly 200, thereby drawing the chemical cleaning agent 1212 into the hybrid filter assembly 200. The second and third three-way valves 1630 and 1640 can be orientated such that a fluid circuit is maintained within the bypass line 1710 but does not circulate through the other components of the aquatic application 100.

Therefore, the chemical cleaning systems 1600 and 1700 function similarly. However, depending on the plumbing already available, the layout of the system, and/or design considerations like the preferred type of valves (i.e., two-way valves vs. three-way valves), choosing one embodiment over the other can be beneficial. However, each of the chemical cleaning systems 1600 and 1700 is arranged such that the chemical feed line 1240 is fluidly coupled to the first port 250 of the hybrid filter assembly 200. As discussed above, it can be beneficial to inject the chemical cleaning agent 1212 upstream of the pump 1410 because the pump 1410 can provide additional mixing of the chemical cleaning agent 1212.

Accordingly, FIG. 18 illustrates a chemical cleaning system 1800 where the chemical feed line 1240 ties into the inlet line 1220 on the suction side of the pump 1410. Thus, the pump 1410 can still provide the driving force for delivering the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the hybrid filter assembly 200 and also provide mixing of the chemical cleaning agent 1212. However, the remainder of the chemical cleaning system 1800 is similar to that of the chemical cleaning system 1600 of FIG. 16 and functions in a similar manner. Further, this system configuration can be ideal for incorporating other chemical cleaning agent systems, such as a salt chlorine generator cell in place of the chemical feed tank 1210. In instances where a salt chlorine generator is used, the salt chlorine generator can be positioned on the discharge side of the pump 1410. Thus, the chemical cleaning system 1800 can also include one or more isolation valves before and/or after the salt chlorine generator to control the flow of the chemical cleaning agent generated by the salt chlorine generator.

The pump(s) 1310, 1410 described in FIGS. 13-18 may be the variable speed pump 122, the booster pump 123, or a different pump. In addition to the variable speed pump 122 and the booster pump 123, other components of the aquatic application 100 can also be used to provide the driving force to deliver the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the hybrid filter assembly 200. In some instances, internal components already included in the hybrid filter assembly 200 can be utilized. For example, FIG. 19 discusses two embodiments where an internal venturi pump included in the hybrid filter assembly 200 is utilized.

Referring to FIG. 19, one embodiment of a chemical cleaning system 1900 is illustrated. As shown, the chemical feed tank 1210 can be in fluid communication with the inlet line 1220. In one instance, a venturi pump 1904 included in the diffuser 340 of the hybrid filter assembly 200 can be utilized to draw the chemical cleaning agent 1212 into the system. Referring back to FIGS. 3A and 8A, the diffuser 340 can be connected to the internal inlet pipe 330a to distribute water throughout the filtration vessel 210. As shown in FIG. 19, when the chemical feed tank 1210 is in fluid communication with the inlet port 280a of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the diffuser 340 can create a vacuum effect and draw the chemical cleaning agent 1212 into the hybrid filter assembly 200. Thus, the inlet line 1220 can act as the chemical feed line. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the inlet line 1220 can include a valve 1910 downstream of the chemical feed tank 1210 to control the flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212. In other instances, a venturi pump can be included in the inlet line 1220 before the hybrid filter assembly 200. Thus, in this instance, the valve 1910 may be omitted because the venturi included in the inlet line 1220 can control the flow and dosage of the chemical cleaning agent 1212.

Alternatively, a venturi included in one or more of the bottom endcap(s) 630 of the second filtration stage 320 can be used to distribute the chemical cleaning agent throughout the hybrid filter assembly 200. As shown best in FIGS. 6A, 6B, and 10, the bottom endcap 630 can include axial slits 640 around the circumference thereof. Fluid can flow into and out of the second filtration stage 320 through the axial slits 640. In some embodiments, the bottom endcap 630 can include a venturi pump or diffuser upstream of the axial slits 640 to help more uniformly disperse the fluid. Thus, similar to the first embodiment described above, this embodiment can use the diffuser in the bottom endcap 630 to distribute the chemical cleaning agent 1212 throughout the hybrid filter assembly 200. A benefit of the chemical cleaning system 1900 is that it does not require additional pumps and may require less piping and valving than alternative embodiments.

The above embodiments illustrate chemical cleaning systems where the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is fed into the hybrid filter assembly 200 through an existing port (e.g., the first port 250 and the inlet port 280a). However, it can be beneficial to have a separate port dedicated to the chemical cleaning agent 1212 injection location because the system can be designed to deliver the chemical cleaning agent more precisely to the second filtration stage 320.

Thus, FIGS. 20A-20C illustrate a chemical cleaning system 2000 including a chemical cleaning agent injection port 2010 extending through the filtration vessel 210. As shown, the chemical cleaning agent injection port 2010 can extend through the lower housing 230 near the inlet port 280a. The chemical feed line 1240 can tie into the chemical cleaning agent injection port 2010. Similar to the chemical cleaning system 1300 of FIG. 13, here the chemical feed line 1240 can include a chemical dosing pump 2020 designed to provide the driving force to deliver the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the hybrid filter assembly 200. The chemical dosing pump 2020 can be provided in the form of a peristaltic pump, a diaphragm pump, a motor-drive metering pump, a centrifugal pump, and any other pump known in the art. In some forms, the chemical dosing pump 2020 is a peristaltic pump that is designed to dose the chemical cleaning agent 1212 through a time-based pump feed that is controlled by a controller such as the central controller 150 of FIG. 1.

As shown best in FIGS. 20B and 20C, one or more chemical delivery tubes 2030 located within the filtration vessel 210 can be fluidly coupled to the chemical cleaning agent injection port 2010. The one or more chemical delivery tubes 2030 can further be fluidly coupled to the top endcap(s) of the one or more filtration modules. In alternative instances, the one or more chemical delivery tubes 2030 may also be coupled to the bottom endcap(s) of the one or more filtration modules. In some instances, as illustrated in FIG. 20C, the chemical delivery tube 2030 is fluidly coupled to the chemical cleaning agent injection port 2010 and a chemical delivery manifold 2040. A plurality of filtration module chemical delivery tubes 2050 can be fluidly coupled to the chemical delivery manifold 2040 and one or more of the top endcaps 620a-620d of the plurality of membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. As shown, the chemical cleaning system 2000 includes four filtration module chemical delivery tubes 2050a-2050d fluidly coupled to the top endcaps 620a-620d of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. A benefit of the chemical delivery tubes 2030 is that less of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be needed because the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is delivered directly to the second filtration stage 320.

However, in hybrid filter assemblies including a plurality of filtration modules, the filtration modules can become fouled at different rates. Thus, in some instances, the chemical delivery manifold 2040 and/or each of the filtration module chemical delivery tubes 2050a-2050d can include a valve designed to selectively control the flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. Thus, the dosage of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the individual filtration modules 510a-510d can be independently controlled. Therefore, it can be beneficial to be able to tailor the dosage rate of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to each individual filtration module 510a-510d.

It is to be understood that the above embodiments are not mutually exclusive. Rather, various components from the above embodiments can be combined with each other or modified as would be understood by one skilled in the art. In addition, the chemical cleaning systems, tanks, agents, and other associated components of the chemical cleaning systems may be used with the hybrid filtration assemblies disclosed herein, including those depicted in FIGS. 21-26C, 34-37, and 38-41.

For example, the chemical cleaning systems 1200-2000 of FIGS. 12-20C, respectively, can include multiple chemical tanks. As discussed above, the chemical cleaning tank can contain chlorine, bromine, calcium hypochlorite, trichloroisocyanuric acid, dichloro-s-triazinetrione, and other bleaching agents. However, it can be beneficial to clean the hybrid filter assemblies with more than one cleaning agent. Thus, it may be desirable to include more than one chemical tank so that the hybrid filter assembly can be dosed with multiple cleaning agents. Accordingly, a multi-chemical tank system can include additional piping and valves to control the flow of the chemical cleaning agent from each chemical tank.

It is to be understood that in some instances, the chemical cleaning systems disclosed herein with reference to FIGS. 12-20C, 26A-26C, 50, and 51 may be configured to provide a metered amount or a specified dose of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the components of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein. Providing the metered amount or the specified dose may be accomplished using not only the valves, actuators, and pumps described herein, but also other similar dosing mechanisms not specifically recited discussed.

In another example, the chemical cleaning systems 1200-2000 of FIGS. 12-20C, respectively, each depict various valve systems. However, each system can contain more or fewer valves depending on the embodiment. Further, the chemical cleaning agent injection port 2010 of FIG. 20A can be utilized with any of the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 1-26C and 34-41. Similarly, a valve system including a first three-way valve positioned on the inlet line 1220 and a second three-way valve positioned on the outlet line 1230 (e.g., valves 1520 and 1530 of FIG. 15 and/or valves 1630 and 1640 of FIG. 16-18) can be utilized with any embodiments of the hybrid filter assemblies and/or chemical cleaning systems contemplated herein.

As yet another example, in some instances, the chemical feed tank 1210 may not be provided in the chemical cleaning systems described herein with reference to FIGS. 12-20C and 26A-26C. In such instances, a container, a vessel, a receptacle, and/or another storage unit may be used to retain the chemical cleaning agent 1212. In other instances, the sanitizer 126 and/or the water chemistry regulator 128 may retain the chemical cleaning agent 1212 utilized in any of the chemical cleaning systems depicted in FIGS. 12-20C and 26A-26C. In yet other instances, the chemical cleaning systems depicted in FIGS. 12-20C, 26A-26C, 50, and 51 may be placed in fluid communication with another source of the chemical cleaning agent via the chemical feed line.

Turning to FIG. 21, another instance of a hybrid filter assembly 2100 is provided. In certain instances, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be the filter 124 of FIG. 1. The hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be imparted with substantially the same functionality and many of the same design characteristics as the hybrid filter assembly 200. In addition, components having similar names and/or numbers in the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may have similar structure and function as the components described with reference to the hybrid filter assembly 200. For example, the hybrid filter assembly 2100, like the hybrid filter assembly 200, may be provided in the form of a first filtration stage (e.g., a depth filtration stage) and a second filtration stage (e.g., a membrane filtration stage). As an additional example, like the hybrid filter assembly 200, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be operated in a normal operational mode (e.g., a filtration mode), a chemical cleaning mode, a backwash mode, a bypass mode, and/or any other operational mode described herein. However, unlike the hybrid filter assembly 200, the first filtration stage and the second filtration stage may be provided in separate housings, vessels, and/or enclosures in the hybrid filter assembly 2100.

More particularly, as shown in FIG. 21, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be provided in the form of a first filtration stage 2110 including a vessel 2112 that retains a granular media 2115, and a second filtration stage 2120 substantially surrounded by an enclosure 2130. The first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120 may be fluidly coupled to each other and the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. In addition, when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in a filtration mode, water from the swimming pool 110 is first provided to the first filtration stage 2110 before being provided to the second filtration stage 2120.

The first filtration stage 2110 may be positioned proximate or adjacent to the enclosure 2130 and may act as a “prefilter” for the second filtration stage 2120, although in some instances the vessel 2112 of the first filtration stage 2110 may be positioned within the enclosure 2130. In some forms, the first filtration stage 2110 operates using depth filtration by capturing debris within the volume of a porous media (e.g., the granular media 2115). Specifically, as fluid flows through the porous media, the depth and pore size of the media create a physical barrier in which particulates get trapped in the media itself.

The vessel 2112 of the first filtration stage 2110 may be provided in the form of a substantially cylindrical body 2132 positioned on and/or coupled to a base 2134, although the vessel 2112 may also be provided in other shapes and forms (e.g., an ovular body, a body formed as a prism, a body that is not coupled to a base). In some instances, the cylindrical body 2132 and/or other components of the first filtration stage 2110 may be composed of polymeric materials, such as thermoplastics, which can have inherent resistance to common environmental and chemical stressors. A valve 2136 including a pressure gauge 2138 may be coupled to a top portion 2140 of the cylindrical body 2132, although the valve 2136 may also be positioned elsewhere on the vessel 2112. The valve 2136 may be designed to help deaerate the vessel 2112 and the pressure gauge 2138 may monitor the interior pressure (and thus the performance of) the vessel 2112.

In certain instances, as illustrated in FIG. 21, the vessel 2112 may be provided in the form of a side-mount filter having an inflow port 2150 and an outflow port 2152. Each of the ports 2150, 2152 may extend partially or fully through a body of the vessel 2112. During normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, fluid may flow into the vessel 2112 through the inflow port 2150 and to a diffuser assembly within the vessel 2112. The diffuser assembly may be positioned proximate or adjacent to the top portion 2140 of the vessel 2112. After exiting the diffuser assembly, the fluid may then flow downwardly through the vessel 2112 and through the granular media 2115. The fluid may exit the vessel 2112 after flowing through one or more sieves that are in fluid communication with the outflow port 2152. In certain cases, the sieves may be designed to help retain the granular media 2115 within the vessel 2112. Once provided to the outflow port 2152, the fluid may exit the first filtration stage 2110.

In certain instances, the vessel 2112 may be provided as a top-mount filter in which the inflow port 2150 and the outflow port 2152 are positioned on a manifold coupled to the top portion 2140 of the vessel. In some such instances, each of the valve 2136, pressure gauge 2138, the inflow port 2150, and the outflow port 2152 may be provided in and/or associated with the same manifold.

Referring again to FIG. 21, the vessel 2112 of the first filtration stage 2110 may be designed to retain a granular media 2115. The granular media 2115 of the first filtration stage 2110 may be provided in the form of sand, crushed glass, an activated media such as carbon, pea gravel, activated glass media, and/or other suitable filtration media. For example, the granular media 2115 may be provided in the form an activated filter media (e.g., an activated glass media including metal oxide catalysts) imparted with self-sterilization or antimicrobial properties. In such instances, the activated filter media may prevent bacteria-induced efficacy degradation of the first filtration stage 2110 (e.g., filter media mud-balling, coagulation, and channeling). In addition, in certain instances, the activated filter media (e.g., an activated glass media) may be imparted with a negative charge to facilitate the adsorption of sub-micron particulates and dissolved organic molecules such that the aforementioned particulates and molecules are retained in the granular media 2115.

In some instances, the granular media 2115 is designed to capture particles larger than those intended to be captured by the second filtration stage 2120. For example, the granular media 2115 of the first filtration stage 2110 may be designed to capture particles larger than about 10 microns (or larger than 10 microns) in size. By capturing large particles in the first filtration stage 2110, the second filtration stage 2120 can work more effectively because it may not become clogged with larger particles.

Referring again to FIG. 21, when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in the filtration mode, the second filtration stage 2120 may be downstream of the first filtration stage 2110. As best illustrated in FIGS. 22 and 23, the second filtration stage 2120 can include one or more filtration modules that are disposed in an upright orientation. The filtration modules can be provided in the form of a membrane filter, such as a reverse osmosis filter, nanofiltration filter, ultrafiltration filter, or microfiltration filter. In one instance, the membrane filter is a hollow-fiber membrane filter. Membrane filtration captures contaminants in a physical barrier via a size-exclusion mechanism consistent with sand, diatomaceous earth, and pleated cartridge pool and spa filter media. However, membrane filtration is capable of capturing particles above about 0.005 microns in size (or 0.005 microns in size), particularly in the range of about 0.02 microns to about 0.2 microns (or 0.02 microns to 0.2 microns).

In certain instances, the second filtration stage 2120 may be provided in the form of one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. For example, the second filtration stage 2120 may include between one to eight membrane filtration modules 2154, although the number of membrane filtration modules 2154 may be even greater than eight. As provided in the illustrated instance of FIG. 21, the second filtration stage 2120 comprises a first membrane filtration module 2154a and a second membrane filtration module 2154b. As yet another example, the second filtration stage 2120 may include four or six membrane filtration modules 2154.

In some instances, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may include multiple membrane filtration modules of the same type and capacity, including nominal pore size, diameter, and practical length, which are co-located within the enclosure 2130 in a parallel array. In other instances, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may include a single membrane filtration module or multiple membrane filtration modules of different types, lengths, and/or diameters, employed in series and/or in parallel. For example, the first membrane filtration module 2154a may be provided as a reverse osmosis filter and the second membrane filtration module 2154b may be provided as an ultrafiltration filter. As an additional example, the first membrane filtration module 2154a and the second membrane filtration module 2154b may be arranged in series. As yet another example, as provided in FIG. 21, the first membrane filtration module 2154a and the second membrane filtration module 2154b may be arranged in parallel.

In one instance, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are defined by an asymmetric hollow fiber membrane produced from selective homopolymers or copolymers (e.g., polyethersulfone (PES) and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) polymers). In other instances, the hollow fiber membranes may be formed of a blend of polymers such as, by way of example, a blend of polyethersulfone (PES) and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) polymers or a blend of PES, PEV, and polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymers. In some instances, the hollow fibers deposited in each of the membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be imparted with a surface area of at least about 20 square meters to at least about 30 square meters, although the surface area of the hollow fibers deposited within each of the membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be less or greater than these values. In other embodiments, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 can be provided in a symmetric type with uniform pore structure, or as a layer deposited onto a structural core. In some instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 can be produced from silicon carbide ceramic having a controlled crystalline or lattice structure.

Referring again to FIG. 21, in some forms, the membrane filtration modules 2154 are ultrafiltration membranes imparted with a nominal pore size of about 10 to about 50 nanometers, or more particularly, about 20 to about 40 nanometers, and imparted with a lumen diameter of about 0.25 millimeters to about 2.5 millimeters. In other forms, the membrane filtration modules 2154 are ultrafiltration membranes imparted with a nominal pore size of 10 to 50 nanometers, or more particularly, 20 to 40 nanometers, and imparted with a lumen diameter of 0.25 millimeters to 2.5 millimeters. The ultrafiltration membranes may be operated in a dead-end, inside-out deposition mode, and fouling recovery is achieved through backwashing via flux reversal. In other embodiments, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be provided in the form of microfiltration membranes imparted with a nominal pore size of about 50 nanometers to about 1,500 nanometers (or 50 nanometers to 1,500 nanometers). In yet other embodiments, the membrane filtration module 600 may have fibers imparted with a lumen diameter of about 0.3 millimeters to about 3 millimeters (or 0.3 millimeters to 3 millimeters). Depending on the embodiment, the lumen diameter of the fibers may be imparted with a value of about 0.5 millimeters to about 2 millimeters (or 0.5 millimeters to about 2 millimeters). In some instances, the membrane filtration modules 2154 may be imparted with a molecular weight cut-off (MWCO) value of about 150 kilodaltons to about 200 kilodaltons (or 150 kilodaltons to 200 kilodaltons), although the MWCU value may be less than or greater than these values. In other instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be imparted with a MWCU value such that the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 retain silt, bacteria, viruses, and/or other particles that reduce water clarity while still allowing water to permeate across the membrane. In some embodiments, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 can be operated using an outside-in deposition mode, and/or the fibers of the membrane filtration module 600 can be provided in a randomized arrangement or by including helically wound fibers.

In some instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be imparted with high chemical resistance. In some such instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be imparted with acid-resistant, base-resistant, and/or chlorine-resistant properties. For example, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may not substantially degrade under high- or low-pH conditions, e.g., the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be designed to operate without significant degradation when the water supplied to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are imparted with a pH value of between about 2 to about 12 (or between 2 to 12). As an additional example, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be designed to operate without significant degradation when the fluid supplied to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are imparted with a free chlorine value of no more than about 500 milligrams per liter (or no more than 500 milligrams per liter). In certain instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be designed to operate without significant degradation when the water supplied to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are imparted with a pH value somewhat lower or higher than the values recited herein. In certain other instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be designed to operate without significant degradation when the water supplied to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are imparted with a free chlorine value even greater than the values recited herein. Thus, in certain cases, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be designed to resist the chemicals provided to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 during the chemical cleaning process.

In certain instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 can be provided in the form of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d described with reference to FIGS. 5A and 5B. In some instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 can be provided in the form of any of the membrane filtration modules 600 described with reference to FIGS. 6A, 6B, 7A, 7B, 9, and 10. In other instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be provided as the Pentair X-Flow XF53 Membrane Element manufactured by X-Flow B.V. of the Netherlands. In yet other instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be provided in other forms.

During normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, fluid may flow through the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 in the manner described with reference to the membrane filtration module 600 and FIG. 9. During backwashing of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, fluid may flow through the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 in the manner described with reference to the membrane filtration module 600 and FIG. 10. During chemical cleaning of the second filtration stage 2120, water may flow through the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 in either of the manners described with reference to the membrane filtration module 600 and FIGS. 9 and 10. However, fluid may flow through the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 in other manners than those described herein.

Referring again to FIG. 21, in certain instances, the enclosure 2130 may be provided in the form of a base 2160, at least two sidewalls 2162 extending upwardly and away from the base 2160, and a top portion 2164 coupling the sidewalls 2162 together. One or more of the base 2160, the sidewalls 2162, and the top portion 2164 may include apertures extending therethrough. The apertures may receive the plumbing of the aquatic application 100 (see FIG. 1), including any plumbing that places the first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120 into fluid communication. However, in other instances, the apertures may not be provided, and the plumbing may instead be routed around the base 2160, the sidewalls 2162, and the top portion 2164. In the illustrated instance of the enclosure 2130, the two sidewalls 2162 are positioned on opposite ends of the base 2160, although in other instances the sidewalls 2162 may be otherwise arranged. In addition, while the illustrated instance of the enclosure 2130 only includes two sidewalls 2162, the enclosure 2130 may be provided with only a single sidewall 2162 or additional sidewalls 2162. For example, the enclosure 2130 may include four sidewalls 2162 extending between the base 2160 and the top portion 2164 such that the second filtration stage 2120 is substantially enclosed within the enclosure 2130. In certain instances, the enclosure 2130 may not be provided. In some such instances, the components of the second filtration stage 2120 may be supported by scaffolding and/or the plumbing of the aquatic application 100.

Referring again to FIG. 21, conduits 2170 and various valves (e.g., a first automated control valve 2180 and a second automated control valve 2182) may fluidly couple components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., fluidly couple the first and second filtration stages 2110, 2120) and/or control a flow of fluid through the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In some instances, the first automated control valve 2180 and/or the second automated control valve 2182 may be actuated by the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 to, alone or in tandem, function as a backwash valve system designed to direct fluid flow during a backwash and/or a chemical cleaning procedure. In certain instances, the first automated control valve 2180 and/or the second automated control valve 2182 may be actuated by the central controller 150 to, alone or in tandem, direct fluid flow in/out of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, to a waste system, and to/from the aquatic application 100 (see FIG. 1).

FIGS. 22-25 provide additional views of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 such that the arrangement and/or additional components of the first filtration stage 2110, the second filtration stage 2120, the conduits 2170, the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182, and other items of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 are further illustrated. Turning first to FIGS. 22 and 23, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are depicted. In certain instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are provided in the form of an enclosed assembly comprising a substantially cylindrical housing 2200, a top endcap 2202, and a bottom endcap 2204, although the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may also be provided in other shapes and forms. Together, the cylindrical housing 2200, the top endcap 2202, and the bottom endcap 2204 may define an interior of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 within which membrane filters may be retained. The top endcap 2202 may be a “blind” endcap designed to separate a feed stream provided to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 and a permeate stream generated by the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. In some instances, the top endcap 2202 can include a plug (not shown) designed to form a substantially watertight seal to prevent water from entering or leaving one or more membrane filtration modules 2154.

The bottom endcap 2204 may couple to a bottom portion of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 and help create a watertight seal in the one or more filtration modules. Optionally, the bottom endcap 2204 may further include flow-distributing and/or combining features designed as manifolding elements that circumscribe and extend partially or fully through the bottom endcap 2204. In some instances, the bottom endcap 2204 can include a plug (not shown) designed to form a substantially watertight seal to prevent water from entering or leaving one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 of the second filtration stage 2120.

The bottom endcap 2204 may be integrally formed with or coupled to one or more ports designed to fluidly couple the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to the other components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 and/or the swimming pool 110. For example, the bottom endcap 2204 may include at least one membrane inlet port 2205 and at least one membrane outlet port 2206 that each extend partially or completely through the bottom endcap 2204. When the hybrid filter assembly 2100 is operating in a filtration mode, fluid may be provided to each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 via the membrane inlet port 2205 and water may exit each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 via the membrane outlet port 2206.

As stated previously, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be provided with the conduits 2170 which fluidly couple the components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. While one instance of the arrangement of the conduits 2170 of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 are described with reference to FIGS. 22-25, other arrangements of the conduits 2170 may be provided.

To begin, as best shown in FIGS. 22 and 23, the conduits 2170 may include an inlet conduit 2207 designed to provide fluid communication between the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1 and the hybrid filter assembly 2100. When the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in the filtration mode, the inlet conduit 2207 may supply water from the swimming pool 110 of the aquatic application 100 (see FIG. 1) to the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In certain instances, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be fluidly coupled to one or more pumps (e.g., the variable speed pump 122 of FIG. 1, the booster pump 123 of FIG. 1, or another standalone pump) designed to provide a driving force for the pool water to flow through the inlet conduit 2207 and the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In certain instances, the inlet conduit 2207 may be coupled to or otherwise provided with a first sensor 2208. The first sensor 2208 may be designed to measure or monitor one or more parameters (e.g., the pressure, flow rate, temperature, pH, turbidity, free chlorine content, an ORP value, and/or other parameters) of the water flowing through the inlet conduit 2207.

As best illustrated in FIG. 22, the inlet conduit 2207 may extend from the environment outside of the enclosure 2130, through an aperture of the sidewall 2162, and into an interior volume of the enclosure 2130. As best illustrated in FIGS. 23 and 24, the inlet conduit 2207 may couple to the first automated control valve 2180. The first automated control valve 2180 may be provided in the form of a manifold 2210, an actuator 2212, the manifold 2210 including one or more of an influent port 2214, an effluent port 2216, a waste port 2218, a pump port 2220, and a return port 2222 (see FIGS. 27-32). In certain instances, the manifold 2210 may be provided with more than one of each of the ports 2214, 2216, 2218, 2220, 2222 (e.g., the manifold 2210 may include two or more influent ports 2214 and/or two or more effluent ports 2216). An example first automated control valve 2180 is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 27-32.

Referring again to FIG. 23, in certain instances, the inlet conduit 2207 may be coupled to the pump port 2220 of the first automated control valve 2180. During normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, pool water may flow through the pump port 2220, into the manifold 2210, and to the influent port 2214. The influent port 2214 may be fluidly coupled to a first filtration stage inlet conduit 2230, which in turn is fluidly coupled to the inflow port 2150. After processing within the vessel 2112 of the first filtration stage 2110, the pool water may then flow out of the vessel 2112 through the outflow port 2152 and to the first filtration stage outlet conduit 2232 before being provided to the effluent port 2216 of the first automated control valve 2180.

Similar to the first automated control valve 2180, the second automated control valve 2182 may be provided in the form of a manifold 2240, an actuator 2242, the manifold 2240 including one or more of an influent port 2244, an effluent port 2246, a waste port 2248, a pump port 2250, and a return port 2252 (see FIGS. 27-32). In certain instances, the manifold 2210 may be provided with more than one of each of the ports 2244, 2246, 2248, 2250, 2252 (e.g., the manifold 2210 may include two or more influent ports 2244 and/or two or more effluent ports 2246). In certain instances, the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may be substantially identical in structure. In other instances, the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may not be substantially identical (e.g., the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may be provided with different numbers of ports, different types of ports, and/or manifolds that are differently shaped and sized). An example second automated control valve 2182 is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 27-32.

Referring again to FIG. 22, the first automated control valve 2180 may be fluidly coupled to the second automated control valve 2182 via a valve conduit 2254. In certain instances, the valve conduit 2254 may be coupled to the return port 2222 of the first automated control valve 2180 and the pump port 2250 of the second automated control valve 2182. When the hybrid filter assembly 2100 is operating in the filtration mode, water may flow from the first automated control valve 2180 and to the second automated control valve 2182 via the valve conduit 2254. In some instances, the valve conduit 2234 may be coupled to or otherwise provided with a second sensor 2256. The second sensor 2256 may be designed to measure or monitor the one or more parameters (e.g., the pressure, flow rate, temperature, pH, turbidity, free chlorine content, an ORP value, and/or other parameters) of the water flowing through the valve conduit 2254.

As best illustrated in FIGS. 23 and 25, the influent port 2244 of the second automated control valve 2182 may be fluidly coupled to a module inlet port 2260 of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. In certain instances, the module inlet port 2260 may be provided on the bottom endcap 2204 of each of the membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154, although the module inlet port 2260 may be positioned elsewhere in the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (e.g., on the top endcap 2202). In certain instances, the module inlet port 2260 may be provided as one of the one or more membrane inlet ports 2205 previously described with reference to FIG. 23. In some cases, the influent port 2244 of the second automated control valve 2182 may be fluidly coupled to a first module inlet port 2260a provided on the bottom endcap 2204 of the first membrane filtration module 2154a and a second module inlet port 2260b provided on the bottom endcap 2204 of the second membrane filtration module 2154b. During normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, fluid from the first filtration stage 2110 may be provided to each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 of the second filtration stage 2120 via the module inlet port 2260.

As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, the second automated control valve 2182 may be fluidly coupled to the second filtration stage 2120 via a second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270. In certain instances, the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270 may be coupled to each of the inlet ports 2260 provided with the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 and to the influent port 2244. During normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, fluid from the second automated control valve 2182 may flow to the second filtration stage 2120 (i.e., each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154) via the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270. As shown in FIGS. 23 and 24, the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270 may include a first branch 2272 and a second branch 2274. The first branch 2272 may couple to the first module inlet port 2260a of the first membrane filtration module 2154a and the second branch 2274 may couple to the second module inlet port 2260b of the second membrane filtration module 2154b. Thus, each of the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b may receive a portion of the fluid from the first filtration stage 2110 and process the fluid in parallel.

During normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, after the fluid has been processed in the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154, the fluid may then be returned to the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1. In some instances, the fluid may exit the second filtration stage 2120 via a second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280 coupled to each the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (see, e.g., FIG. 25).

In certain instances, during normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, the fluid may be provided to one or both of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 before the fluid exits the hybrid filter assembly 2100. For example, as best illustrated in FIG. 25, the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280 may be coupled to the effluent port 2246 of the second automated control valve 2182. Once the fluid is provided to the second automated control valve 2182 from the second filtration stage 2120, fluid may exit the second automated control valve 2182 via a system outlet conduit 2290 coupled to the return port 2252 of the second automated control valve 2182. The system outlet conduit 2290 may be designed to provide fluid communication between the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1 and the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In other instances, during normal operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, the fluid may exit the hybrid filter assembly 2100 without flowing through the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182. For example, in such instances, the system outlet conduit 2290 may be directly coupled to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to allow fluid to exit the hybrid filter assembly 2100 without passing through the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182.

The hybrid filter assembly 2100 may also operate in a backwash mode. For backwashing, fluid flow through the hybrid filter assembly 2100 is reversed with respect to the filtration mode described above. Thus, the particles that have previously been captured by the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 can be removed from the hybrid filter assembly 2100 in unison. Further, in some instances, the particles that have previously been captured by the first filtration stage 2110 may also be removed from the hybrid filter assembly 2100.

In certain instances, both the first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120 may be backwashed when the backwash mode is initiated by the central controller 150 of FIG. 1. When the backwash mode is activated, water is pumped or otherwise passed into the hybrid filter assembly 2100 through the system outlet conduit 2290 and upwardly through the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. Next, after the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 have been backwashed, fluid from the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be directed back to the first filtration stage 2110. When the first filtration stage 2110 is backwashed with sufficient velocity, the granular media 2115 may lift and disperse, allowing the trapped particulates to flow out of the volume of the granular media 2115. Thus, particles that were captured by the first and second filtration stages 2110, 2120 may be removed during a single pass of the backwashing fluid. More particularly, in some instances, after passing through the second filtration stage 2120, fluid may be directed to the influent port 2244 of the second automated control valve 2182. Then, fluid may flow to the pump port 2250 of the second automated control valve 2182 before being provided to the return port 2222 of the first automated control valve 2180 via the valve conduit 2254. Once the fluid has been provided to the first automated control valve 2180, the backwashing fluid may flow through the first filtration stage outlet conduit 2232 and to the first filtration stage 2110. Then, the backwashing fluid may flow through the first filtration stage inlet conduit 2230 and to the first automated control valve 2180. The backwashing fluid (and any particles retained therein) may exit the hybrid filter assembly 2100 by passing through the inlet conduit 2207 and/or by flowing through the valve conduit 2254 and to the second automated control valve 2182 before being provided to a waste conduit 2295. Thus, in certain instances, the backwashing fluid may be provided to a waste system in fluid communication with the waste conduit 2295.

In other instances, only one of the first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120 may be backwashed when the central controller 150 initiates the backwash mode. For example, only the first filtration stage 2110 may be backwashed when the backwash mode is initiated. To begin, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the first automated control valve 2180 and/or the second automated control valve 2182 to fluidly isolate the first filtration stage 2110 from the second filtration stage 2120. After the first and second filtration stages are fluidly isolated, the backwashing fluid may be provided to either of the first filtration stage 2110 or the second filtration stage 2120. In some instances, the actuation of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may occur at substantially the same time or after the backwashing fluid is provided to one of the first filtration stage 2110 or the second filtration stage 2120.

By backwashing the hybrid filter assembly 2100, the efficiency of the first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120 can be maintained, thereby extending the life of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. Furthermore, other methods or processes for backwashing the first filtration stage 2110 and/or the second filtration stage 2120 may be utilized with the hybrid filter assembly 2100 than those described herein.

In addition to backwashing, it can be beneficial to chemically clean the hybrid filter assembly 2100 because backwashing may not remove or neutralize all contaminants (e.g., organics, viruses, and bacteria) within the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In some instances, it can be useful to clean the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 with one or more of a disinfectant or chemical cleaning agent such as chlorine, bromine, calcium hypochlorite, trichloroisocyanuric acid, dichloro-s-triazinetrione, other cleaning or bleaching agents, and applicable combinations thereof. Like the hybrid filter assembly 200, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be in communication with a chemical cleaning tank designed to dispense a chemical cleaning agent to the first filtration stage 2110 and/or the second filtration stage 2120 of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In certain instances, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be coupled to and used with any of the chemical cleaning systems described with reference to FIGS. 12-20C.

In certain instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may each be provided with, in fluid communication with, or otherwise associated with one or more membrane module valves 2300. For example, each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be in fluid communication with an isolation valve designed to selectively allow and prevent fluid flow to at least one of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. As shown in FIG. 23, the one or more membrane module valves 2300 may be provided as a first isolation valve 2300a, a second isolation valve 2300b, a third isolation valve 2300c, and/or a fourth isolation valve 2300d. In certain instances, the first isolation valve 2300a may be in fluid communication with the first membrane filtration module 2154a, the second isolation valve 2300b may be in fluid communication with the second membrane filtration module 2154b, and the third isolation valve 2300c and the fourth isolation valve 2300d may be in fluid communication with both of the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b. In some instances, the first isolation valve 2300a may be in fluid communication with or coupled to the first branch 2272, the second isolation valve 2300b may be in fluid communication with or coupled to the second branch 2274, the third isolation valve 2300c may be in fluid communication with or coupled to the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270 and positioned upstream of the first and second branches 2272, 2274, and/or the fourth isolation valve 2300d may be in fluid communication with or coupled to the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280. In each instance, the first isolation valve 2300a may be designed to isolate (i.e., substantially prevent fluid flow to) or allow fluid to flow to the first membrane filtration module 2154a and the second isolation valve 2300b may be designed to isolate or allow fluid to flow to the second membrane filtration module 2154b. In addition, each of the third and fourth isolation valves 2300c, 2300d may be designed to isolate or allow fluid to flow to both of the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b. The one or more membrane module valves 2300 may also be positioned elsewhere in the hybrid filter assembly 2100 and may be provided in other forms than those described herein. Furthermore, the one or more membrane module valves 2300 may have substantially the same functionality as the one or more membrane module valves described with reference to FIGS. 5A and 5B.

In some instances, the one or more membrane module valves 2300 may be designed to facilitate a targeted cleaning of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154, including the targeted cleaning procedures described with reference to FIGS. 42, 43, 45, 46, and 48-51. In certain instances, the one or more membrane module valves 2300 may be designed to direct fluid flow to a particular membrane filtration module or a subset of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 when the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are provided as different types. For example, when the first membrane filtration module 2154a is provided in the form of a nanofiltration membrane module and the second membrane filtration module 2154b is provided in the form of an ultrafiltration membrane module, the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 2300 to take the first membrane filtration module 2154a offline while the second membrane filtration module 2154b remains online. In other cases, the one or more membrane module valves 2300 may be designed to direct fluid flow to a particular membrane filtration module or a subset of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 when the central controller 150 determines that a particular membrane filtration module or a subset of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are more fouled than the other membrane filtration modules (e.g., by determining a permeability value of each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154). For example, if the central controller 150 determines that the first membrane filtration module 2154a is more fouled than the second membrane filtration module 2154b, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 2300 such that a backwashing fluid or the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is provided to the first membrane filtration module 2154a while the second membrane filtration module 2154b continues processing fluid from the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1. In certain instances, the one or more membrane module valves 2300 may be designed to facilitate any of the isolation processes, and variations thereof, described herein.

In certain instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be designed to improve the water quality of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1 in various ways. For example, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be provided in the form of an ultrafiltration membrane module designed to reduce the turbidity and improve the water clarity of the water of the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1. In addition, the ultrafiltration membrane modules may be designed to help prevent the formation of chloramines in the water of the swimming pool 110 by removing organic materials (in addition to other contaminants) from the water of the swimming pool 110. As an additional example, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be provided in the form of a nanofiltration membrane module designed to improve water quality by removing cyanuric acid and calcium (in addition to other contaminants) from the water of the pool or spa. It is to be understood that membrane filtration modules of different types, shapes, sizes, lengths, and/or diameters may be provided in the hybrid filter assembly 2100, employed in series and/or in parallel, and be designed to target particular contaminants for removal from the water of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1.

In certain cases, a particular membrane filtration module or a subset of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be imparted with a different membrane surface area than the other membrane filtration modules. In these instances, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 2300 to selectively provide fluid to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to help improve the energy efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. For example, the central controller 150 may direct the one or more membrane module valves 2300 to take the membrane filtration modules imparted with a larger surface area offline when the determined bather load of the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 is low. As an additional example, the central controller 150 may direct the one or more membrane module valves 2300 to take the membrane filtration modules imparted with a larger surface area offline when the central controller 150 determines the water quality of the pool is of a high enough quality such that not all of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are needed to process the water of the swimming pool 110. As another example, when a lower flow rate is required to process the water of the swimming pool 110, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 2300 such that fluid is only provided to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 designed for lower flow rates, thereby improving the energy efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. It is to be understood that each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be imparted with a different membrane surface area or that particular subsets of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be imparted with different membrane surface areas.

Together, FIGS. 26A-26C illustrate various configurations of a chemical cleaning system. Each of the instances of the chemical cleaning system may have substantially similar functionality (e.g., each instance may be capable of chemically cleaning the first filtration stage 2110 and/or the second filtration stage 2120 of the hybrid filter assembly 2100). However, each instance of the chemical cleaning system may differ in the number of chemical feed tanks 1210 provided with the system and/or the points at which the chemical feed tank 1210 is tied into the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In certain cases, when the chemical feed tank 1210 is placed in fluid communication with the first filtration stage 2110, the chemical feed tank 1210 may retain chemicals specifically designed to treat the granular media 2115 of the first filtration stage 2110 (e.g., enzymes, a phosphate remover) in addition to or instead of the chemical cleaning agents 1212 described herein. Further, as would be understood by one having skill in the art, other arrangements and variations of a chemical cleaning system could be implemented in accordance with the teachings of FIGS. 26A-26C. In addition, in any of the chemical cleaning systems of 26A-26C, the sanitizer 126 and/or the water chemistry regulator 128 of FIG. 1 may be used to retain the chemical cleaning agent 1212 provided by the chemical cleaning systems of FIGS. 26A-26C. Furthermore, the chemical cleaning systems of 26A-26C may be utilized in any of the methods (e.g., the backwash modes, the chemical cleaning modes, etc.), and variations thereof, described with reference to FIGS. 65-77.

Turning first to FIG. 26A, an instance of a chemical cleaning system 2600 is shown. The chemical cleaning system 2600 may include at least one chemical feed tank 1210 as described with reference to FIGS. 12-20C. As shown in FIG. 26A, the chemical cleaning system 2600 may include a first chemical feed tank 1210a and/or a second chemical feed tank 1210b.

The chemical feed tank 1210a may be provided with a chemical feed line 2600a. The chemical feed line 2600a may be designed to place the first chemical feed tank 1210a into fluid communication with the second filtration stage 2120. The chemical feed line 2600a may include various branches that tie into components of the second filtration stage 2120 or otherwise place the chemical feed tank 1210a in fluid communication with the second filtration stage 2120. For example, the chemical feed line 2600a may include a branch 2602a that ties into the top endcap 2202 of the first membrane filtration module 2154a, a branch 2602b that ties into the top endcap 2202 of the second membrane filtration module 2154b, a branch 2604a that ties into the bottom endcap 2204 of the first membrane filtration module 2154a, and/or a branch 2604b that ties into the bottom endcap 2204 of the second membrane filtration module 2154b. For example, the branches 2604a, 2604b may tie into the at least one membrane inlet port 2205 and/or the at least one membrane outlet port 2206 (see FIG. 23). In certain instances, the chemical feed line 2600a may only tie into the top endcap 2202 or the bottom endcap 2204 of each membrane filtration module of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. In other instances, the chemical feed line 2600a may tie into both the top endcap 2202 and the bottom endcap 2204 of each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. In instances in which more than two membrane filtration modules are provided, the chemical feed line 2600a may tie into each membrane filtration module of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. In certain instances, the chemical feed line 2600a may not tie into all of the membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (e.g., the chemical feed line 2600a may only tie into a single membrane filtration module of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154).

In certain instances, the first chemical feed tank 1210a may also tie into or otherwise be placed in fluid communication with the first filtration stage 2110. In other instances, as illustrated in FIG. 26A, a second chemical feed tank 1210b may tie into or otherwise be placed into fluid communication with the first filtration stage 2110. A chemical feed line 2600b may be designed to place the second chemical feed tank 1210b into fluid communication with the first filtration stage 2110. In some instances, the chemical feed line 2600b may be placed into fluid communication with the valve 2136 of the vessel 2112. The chemical feed line 2600b may also be fluidly coupled to the vessel 2112 in other manners than those described herein.

Referring again to FIG. 26A, in some instances, the chemical cleaning system 2600 may be provided with one or more mechanisms designed to control or regulate the amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 provided to the hybrid filter assembly 2100. For example, the chemical cleaning system 2600 may be provided with one or more valves 2610 designed to control fluid flow through the chemical feed lines 2600a, 2600b. The valves 2610 may be provided as a two-way valve, a three-way valve, an automated control valve, and/or any other valve described herein. In the chemical cleaning system 2600, the one or more valves 2610 may be positioned in any of the branches 2602a, 2602b, 2604a, 2604b of the chemical feed line 2600a and in any position in the chemical feed line 2600b, although the one or more valves 2610 may also be positioned elsewhere in the chemical feed line 2600a (e.g., immediately downstream of the chemical feed tank 1210 and before any of the branches 2602a, 2602b, 2604a, 2604b; at the junction between the branches 2602a, 2602b of the chemical feed line 2600a). In certain instances, one or more of the valves 2610 illustrated in FIG. 26A may be omitted from the chemical cleaning system 2600. In other instances, additional valves 2610 may be provided in the chemical cleaning system 2600. In certain instances, the valves 2610 may not be provided and the flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may instead be controlled by one or more pumps. The one or more pumps may be positioned anywhere along the chemical feed lines 2600a, 2600b, including in any position described with reference to the one or more valves 2610. In yet other instances, valves and pumps may be omitted from the chemical cleaning system 2600. In some such instances, a dosing mechanism or valve may be integrally provided with the chemical feed tank 1210.

Still referring to FIG. 26A, in certain instances, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be flushed from the first filtration stage 2110 and/or the second filtration stage 2120 after the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is provided to the first filtration stage 2110 and/or the second filtration stage 2120. For example, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be flushed from the first filtration stage 2110 and/or the second filtration stage 2120 by operating the hybrid filter assembly 2100 in a backwash mode. In certain instances, the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may direct the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 to provide a flushing fluid to the first filtration stage 2110 and/or the second filtration stage 2120 and then to the waste conduit 2295 after the flushing fluid passes through the first filtration stage 2110 and/or the second filtration stage 2120. In some such instances, the waste conduit 2295 is in fluid communication with a waste system, a container, a drain, and/or a sewer line. Alternatively, the flushing fluid may exit the hybrid filter assembly 2100 via the system outlet conduit 2290. In some such instances, the flushing fluid (and any unreacted chemical cleaning agent 1212 therein) may be provided to the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1. In yet other instances, the flushing fluid may be provided to the hybrid filter assembly 2100 and/or exit the hybrid filter assembly 2100 in other manners than those described herein.

The following provides a non-limiting example of the flow path of the flushing fluid through the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In this example and referring again to FIG. 26A, after the chemical cleaning agent 1212 has been provided to the first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120, the flushing fluid may pass through the first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120. Then, flushing fluid from the first filtration stage 2110 may be provided to the first automated control valve 2180 via the first filtration stage inlet conduit 2230 and the flushing fluid may be provided to the second automated control valve 2182 via the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270. The flushing fluid provided to the first automated control valve 2180 may pass through the first automated control valve 2180 and then travel to the second automated control valve 2182 via the valve conduit 2254 (see FIG. 22). Substantially all or all of the flushing fluid provided to the second automated control valve 2182 may exit the second automated control valve 2182 (e.g., via the waste port 2248, via the return port 2252 (see FIG. 25)). In instances in which the flushing fluid exits the second automated control valve 2182 via the waste port 2248, the flushing fluid may be removed from the hybrid filter assembly 2100 via the waste conduit 2295. Alternatively, in instances in which the flushing fluid exits the second automated control valve via the return port 2252, the flushing fluid may exit the hybrid filter assembly 2100 via the system outlet conduit 2290 and be provided to the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1.

In comparison to the chemical cleaning system 2600 of FIG. 26A, the chemical cleaning system 2620 of FIG. 26B may arrange a single chemical feed tank 1210 to be in fluid communication with the second filtration stage 2120. In addition, in certain instances, the chemical cleaning system 2620 may not provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the first filtration stage 2110. A chemical feed line 2622 may be designed to place the chemical feed tank 1210 into fluid communication with the second filtration stage 2120. More particularly, the chemical feed line 2622 may place the chemical feed tank 1210 into fluid communication with the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270 and/or the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280. For example, a first branch 2624a of the chemical feed line 2622 may place the chemical feed tank 1210 in fluid communication with the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270 and a second branch 2624b may place the chemical feed tank 1210 in fluid communication with the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280. In addition, a valve 2610 may be used to regulate or control the amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 provided from the chemical feed tank 1210 to the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270 and/or the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280. The valve 2610 may be arranged in or otherwise in fluid communication with the chemical feed line 2622.

After being introduced to the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270 and/or the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280, the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may direct the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 to provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b. For example, including in instances in which the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is provided to the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b via the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270, the central controller 150 may direct the hybrid filter assembly 2100 to operate such that fluid flows through the second filtration stage 2120 in a manner substantially similar to a fluid flow path (i.e., a fluid flow path 3305) described with reference to FIG. 33A. Alternatively, including in instances in which the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is provided to the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b via the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be circulated through the second filtration stage 2120 in a manner substantially similar to the fluid flow path (i.e., a fluid flow path 3310) described with reference to FIG. 33B. Furthermore, in certain cases, the bypass mode may operate as a subroutine of the chemical cleaning mode, as provided in FIG. 33D. In such cases, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may only be provided to the second filtration stage 2120 and not the first filtration stage 2110.

Referring again to FIG. 26B, after the chemical cleaning agent 1212 has been provided to one or both of the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be flushed from the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In some instances, after flowing through the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b, any unreacted chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be provided to the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 via the system outlet conduit 2290. In other instances, instead of being provided to the swimming pool 110, any unreacted chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be disposed of after the hybrid filter assembly 2100 is chemically cleaned. For example, some, substantially all, or all of the unreacted chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be provided to the waste conduit 2295. In such instances, the waste conduit 2295 may be in fluid communication with a waste system, a container, a drain, and/or a sewer line.

In the spirit of the disclosure of FIG. 26A, other variations of the chemical cleaning system 2620 of FIG. 26B may be utilized. For example, the valve 2610 may be replaced with a pump or omitted entirely, a flushing fluid may be used to remove the chemical cleaning agent 1212 from the hybrid filter assembly 2100, and/or another chemical feed tank 1210 could be provided.

In comparison to the chemical cleaning systems 2600, 2620 of FIGS. 26A and 26B, the chemical cleaning system 2640 of FIG. 26C may include a first chemical feed tank 1210a in fluid communication with conduits 2170 coupled to the first filtration stage 2110. In addition, the chemical cleaning system 2640 of FIG. 26C may include the second chemical feed tank 1210b in fluid communication with conduits 2170 coupled to the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b. More particularly, the first chemical feed tank 1210a may tie into the first filtration stage inlet conduit 2230 and/or the first filtration stage outlet conduit 2232. The second chemical feed tank 1210b may tie into the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270 and/or the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280.

Referring still to FIG. 26C, the first chemical feed tank 1210a may be coupled to or provided with a chemical feed line 2645a. The chemical feed line 2645a may be designed to place the first chemical feed tank 1210a into fluid communication with the first filtration stage 2110. For example, the chemical feed line 2645a may include various branches that place the first chemical feed tank 1210a in fluid communication with the first filtration stage 2110. For example, the chemical feed line 2645a may include a branch 2646a that ties into the first filtration stage inlet conduit 2230 and a branch 2646b that ties into the first filtration stage outlet conduit 2232. The flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 from the first chemical feed tank 1210a to the first filtration stage 2110 may be regulated or controlled by the valve 2610 arranged in or otherwise in fluid communication with the chemical feed line 2645a.

The second chemical feed tank 1210b may be coupled to a chemical feed line 2645b. The chemical feed line 2645b may be designed to place the second chemical feed tank 1210b into fluid communication with the second filtration stage 2120. The chemical feed line 2645b may include various branches that place the second chemical feed tank 1210b in fluid communication with the second filtration stage 2120. For example, the chemical feed line 2645b may include a branch 2648a that ties into the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270 and a branch 2648b that ties into the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280. The flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 from the second chemical feed tank 1210b to the second filtration stage 2120 may be regulated or controlled by the valve 2610 arranged in or otherwise in fluid communication with the chemical feed line 2645b.

Referring still to FIG. 26C, in instances in which the first chemical feed tank 1210a is tied into the first filtration stage inlet conduit 2230 and/or the second chemical feed tank 1210b is tied into the second filtration stage inlet conduit 2270, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be circulated through the hybrid filter assembly 2100 in a manner substantially similar to the fluid flow path (i.e., a fluid flow path 3305) described with reference to FIG. 33A. Alternatively, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be circulated through the hybrid filter assembly 2100 in a manner substantially similar to the fluid flow path (i.e., a fluid flow path 3310) described with reference to FIG. 33B. After flowing through the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b, any unreacted chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be provided to the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 via the system outlet conduit 2290. In other instances, instead of being provided to the swimming pool 110, any unreacted chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be disposed of after the hybrid filter assembly 2100 is chemically cleaned. For example, some, substantially all, or all of the unreacted chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be provided to the waste conduit 2295. In some instances, the waste conduit 2295 may be in fluid communication with a waste system, a container, a drain, and/or a sewer line.

In the spirit of the disclosure of FIGS. 26A and 26B, other variations of the chemical cleaning system 2600 of FIG. 26C may be utilized. For example, the valve 2610 may be replaced with a pump or omitted entirely, a flushing fluid may be used to remove the chemical cleaning agent 1212 from the hybrid filter assembly 2100, only a single chemical feed tank 1210 and/or additional chemical cleaning tanks 1210 may be provided.

As best illustrated in FIGS. 27-32, an instance of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 is provided. As previously described, each of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may be provided in the form of the manifold 2210, 2240, the actuator 2212, 2242, and one or more ports (e.g., the influent ports 2214, 2244; the effluent ports 2216, 2246; the waste port 2218, 2248; the pump port 2220, 2250; and the return port 2222, 2252). The one or more ports of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may extend from an outer surface 2700 of the manifold 2210, 2240 and into an interior 2702 of the manifold 2210, 2240. The one or more ports of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may be designed to couple to the conduits 2170 of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (see, e.g., FIG. 21). In certain instances, the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may be configured as a two-way valve, a three-way valve, a six-way valve, or other similar valves. In addition, the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may direct the actuator 2212, 2242 of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 to open and/or close the one or more ports of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 such that fluid flow through the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be controlled. For example, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the first automated control valve 2180 and/or the second automated control valve 2182 to place the hybrid filter assembly 2100 in the filtration mode, a cleaning mode (e.g., the backwash mode and/or the chemical cleaning mode), and/or a bypass mode.

In the instance of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 of FIGS. 27-32, the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 include two influent ports 2214, 2244; two effluent ports 2216, 2246; a single waste port 2218, 2248; a single pump port 2220, 2250; and a single return port 2222, 2252. In other instances, the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may have additional ports, fewer ports, and/or different types of ports than described herein. In certain instances, each of the first and second automated control valves 2180, 2182 may be a six-way AQUASTAR® mp6 plc valve, manufactured by Praher Plastics Austria GmbH of Österreich, Austria.

Together, FIGS. 33A-33E illustrate non-limiting, example fluid flow paths through the hybrid filter assembly 2100 when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in various modes (e.g., a filtration mode, a backwash mode, a chemical cleaning mode, and/or a bypass mode). In particular, FIGS. 33A-33E illustrate simplified fluid flow paths associated with the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1, the first filtration stage 2110, the second filtration stage 2120, a waste system 3300, and, in some instances, the chemical feed tank 1210. In certain instances, the waste system 3300 may be provided as a drain, a container, a sewer system, and/or other similar systems capable of receiving a backwashing fluid and/or a flushing fluid. Other fluid flow paths besides those illustrated in FIGS. 33A-33E may be utilized in accordance with the teachings herein. In addition, the fluid flow paths described in FIGS. 33A-33E may also be utilized in any of the hybrid filter assemblies, and variations thereof, described herein.

FIG. 33A illustrates an example fluid flow path associated with the swimming pool 110, the first filtration stage 2110, and the second filtration stage 2120 when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in a filtration mode. The central controller 150 may be designed to initiate the filtration mode. For example, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of one or more components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., at least one of the first automated control valve 2180 and the second automated control valve 2182) to place the hybrid filter assembly 2100 into the filtration mode. In the filtration mode, fluid may flow along fluid flow path 3305. For example, water may be provided from the swimming pool 110 and to the first filtration stage 2110, which in turn filters the water from the swimming pool 110, creating a prefiltered water. The prefiltered water from the first filtration stage 2110 may then be provided to the second filtration stage 2120. As the prefiltered water flows through the second filtration stage 2120, the prefiltered water undergoes further filtration within the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (see, e.g., FIG. 22) provided in the second filtration stage 2120. After the prefiltered water is processed by the second filtration stage, a filtered water is generated. In the illustrated instance of FIG. 33A, the filtered water is provided back to the swimming pool 110.

FIG. 33B illustrates an example fluid flow path associated with the swimming pool 110, the first filtration stage 2110, the second filtration stage 2120, and the waste system 3300 when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in an instance of the backwash mode. The central controller 150 may be designed to initiate the backwash mode. For example, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of one or more components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., at least one of the first automated control valve 2180 and the second automated control valve 2182) to place the hybrid filter assembly 2100 into the backwash mode. In certain instances, when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in a backwash mode, fluid may flow along a fluid flow path 3310 that is substantially opposite of the fluid flow path 3305. In some such instances, water may first flow from the swimming pool 110 and to the second filtration stage 2120. Once provided to the second filtration stage 2120, the water may be utilized to backwash the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (see, e.g., FIG. 22) provided in the second filtration stage 2120. Then, the water (and optionally contaminates) may exit the second filtration stage 2120 and flow to the first filtration stage 2110. Once provided to the first filtration stage 2110, the water may backwash the first filtration stage 2110. After the water exits the first filtration stage 2110, the water (and optionally contaminates) may then be provided to the waste system 3300 via a waste conduit in fluid communication with the first filtration stage 2110 and the waste system 3300.

In some cases, only one of the first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120 may be provided with a backwashing fluid. For example, the backwashing fluid may be provided from the second filtration stage 2120 and to the waste system 3300 without being provided to the first filtration stage 2110. As an additional example, the backwashing fluid may be provided to the first filtration stage 2110 without first flowing through the second filtration stage 2120.

In some cases, the swimming pool 110 may not be used as the source of the backwashing fluid. In such cases, a source of prefiltered water or filtered water may be used to backwash the first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120. For example, the first filtration stage 2110 may provide a prefiltered fluid that may be utilized as a backwashing fluid when the second filtration stage 2120 is backwashed.

FIG. 33C illustrates an example fluid flow path associated with the swimming pool 110, the first filtration stage 2110, the second filtration stage 2120, and the waste system 3300 when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in another (e.g., second) instance of the backwash mode. The central controller 150 may be designed to initiate the backwash mode. For example, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of one or more components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., at least one of the first automated control valve 2180 and the second automated control valve 2182) to place the hybrid filter assembly 2100 into the backwash mode. In this instance of the backwash mode, the bypass mode described with reference to FIG. 33E is utilized as a subroutine of the backwash mode such that some of the filtration capabilities of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 remain online operational while a backwash is being carried out. As provided in FIG. 33C, a fluid flow path 3320 may allow for water from the swimming pool 110 to be processed by the first filtration stage 2110. In turn, the first filtration stage 2110 may generate a prefiltered fluid which is provided back to the swimming pool 110. In addition, a source 3322 of a backwashing fluid is provided to the second filtration stage 2120 via a fluid flow path 3325. Once the backwashing fluid is provided to the second filtration stage 2120, the backwashing fluid may be utilized to backwash the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (see, e.g., FIG. 22) provided in the second filtration stage 2120. After the backwashing of the second filtration stage 2120 is complete, the backwashing fluid may then be provided to the waste system 3300.

In some instances, the source 3322 of the backwashing fluid may be the swimming pool 110. In other instances, the source 3322 of the backwashing fluid may be another portion of the plumbing associated with the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. In yet other instances, the source 3322 of the backwashing fluid may be fluid that has been filtered by the first filtration stage 2110 and/or the second filtration stage 2120. In certain cases, the backwashing fluid provided from the source 3322 may also include or be dosed with a cleaning agent (e.g., the chemical cleaning agent 1212 described with reference to FIG. 12).

FIG. 33D illustrates an example fluid flow path associated with the swimming pool 110, the chemical feed tank 1210, the first filtration stage 2110, the second filtration stage 2120, and the waste system 3300 when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in a chemical cleaning mode that utilizes the bypass mode of FIG. 33E as a subroutine of the chemical cleaning mode. The central controller 150 may be designed to initiate the chemical cleaning mode and the associated bypass mode subroutine. For example, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of one or more components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., at least one of the first automated control valve 2180 and the second automated control valve 2182) to place the hybrid filter assembly 2100 into the chemical cleaning mode and fluidly isolate the second filtration stage 2120 from the first filtration stage 2110. As provided in FIG. 33D, a fluid flow path 3330 may allow for water from the swimming pool 110 to be processed by the first filtration stage 2110. In turn, the first filtration stage 2110 may generate a prefiltered fluid that is provided back to the swimming pool 110. In addition, the chemical feed tank 1210 may be in fluid communication with the second filtration stage 2120. When the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 initiates the chemical cleaning mode, the valve 2610 may provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the second filtration stage 2120 via a fluid flow path 3335. As shown, the fluid flow path 3335 may allow for fluid to flow through the second filtration stage 2120 in the same direction as the fluid flow path 3325 described with reference to FIG. 33C. In other instances, the fluid flow path 3335 may allow for fluid to flow through the second filtration stage 2120 in the same direction as the fluid flow path 3305 described with reference to FIG. 33A. After the chemical agent is provided to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (see, e.g., FIG. 22) provided in the second filtration stage 2120, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be flushed from the second filtration stage 2120 and provided to the waste system 3300 via the fluid flow path 3335. Optionally, some, substantially all, or all of the flushing fluid containing the chemical agent may be directed to the swimming pool 110 via a fluid flow path 3337.

In some instances of the chemical cleaning mode described with reference to FIG. 33D, the flushing fluid may be a backwashing fluid provided to the second filtration stage 2120 as described with reference to FIG. 33C. In yet other instances of the chemical cleaning mode described with reference to FIG. 33D, the flushing fluid may be a backwashing fluid provided to the second filtration stage 2120, as described with reference to FIG. 33B. In such instances, the flushing fluid, and thus the chemical cleaning agent 1212, may be provided to the first filtration stage 2110 before being provided to the waste system 3300 and/or the swimming pool 110. In yet other instances, the flushing fluid may be provided from the swimming pool 110, the first filtration stage 2110, and/or other plumbing provided with the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1.

In certain instances of the chemical cleaning mode described with reference to FIG. 33D, the valve 2610 is omitted. In some instances of the chemical cleaning mode described with reference to FIG. 33D, a dosing mechanism or pump is provided in the fluid flow path 3335 such that the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be metered and/or delivered to the second filtration stage 2120.

FIG. 33E illustrates an example fluid flow path associated with the swimming pool 110 and the first filtration stage 2110 when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in a bypass mode. The central controller 150 may be designed to initiate the bypass mode. For example, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of one or more components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., at least one of the first automated control valve 2180 and the second automated control valve 2182) to place the hybrid filter assembly 2100 into the bypass mode. When the hybrid filter assembly 2100 operates in a bypass mode, water from the swimming pool 110 may be provided only to the first filtration stage 2110. For example, water from the swimming pool 110 may flow along a fluid flow path 3340 and to the first filtration stage 2110. Once the water from the swimming pool 110 is provided to the first filtration stage 2110, the water may be processed and a prefiltered water may be generated. The prefiltered water generated by the first filtration stage 2110 may then be provided to the swimming pool 110 without being provided to the second filtration stage 2120.

In other instances of the bypass mode, fluid from the swimming pool 110 may not be provided to either the first filtration stage 2110 or the second filtration stage 2120. In such instances, the water from the swimming pool 110 may instead be routed to other components of the aquatic application 100 described with reference to FIG. 1.

While the example fluid flow paths of FIGS. 33A-33E are described with reference to the hybrid filter assembly 2100, the fluid flow paths may be associated with any of the hybrid filter assemblies (and any variations thereof) described herein. Further, the central controller 150 may work in conjunction with, or independent from, one or more local controllers associated with the pool components 102 of FIG. 1 to effectuate the operational modes described with reference to FIGS. 33A-33E. Alternatively, one or more local controllers associated with the pool components 102 may work in conjunction with, or independent from, the central controller to effectuate the operational modes described with reference to FIGS. 33A-33E.

FIGS. 34A-34D further illustrate the top endcap 2202 of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. The top endcap 2202 may be designed to provide a substantially watertight seal to prevent water from exiting the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 while also facilitating the removal of gases that may build up in the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 during operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. The top endcap 2202 may be provided in the form of a body 3400 including a top portion 3402 and a bottom portion 3404, a first aperture 3406 and a second aperture 3408 each extending through the body 3400 from the top portion 3402 to the bottom portion 3404, and an attachment mechanism 3410 positioned on the top portion 3402 of the body 3400.

The body 3400 of the top endcap 2202 may be substantially cylindrical and designed to couple to a membrane filtration module of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. In certain instances, the shape of the body 3400 may substantially mirror the shape of a top portion of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154, although the body 3400 may also be provided in other shapes and forms. The top endcap 2202 may also be decoupled from the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 such that an interior of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be accessed.

The first and second apertures 3406, 3408 may be in fluid communication with the interior of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 when the top endcap 2202 is coupled thereto. The first and second apertures 3406, 3408 may be positioned near a center region of the body 3400, although the first and second apertures 3406, 3408 may also be provided elsewhere in the body 3400. In some instances, at least one of the first and second apertures 3406, 3408 may be closed (e.g., via a plug similar to the plug 625 of FIG. 6) to help prevent the transmission of fluid from the interior of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to the outside environment. In other instances, at least one of the first and second apertures 3406, 3408 may be placed in fluid communication with a chemical feed line (e.g., the chemical feed line 1240 described with reference to FIGS. 12-18 and 26A-26C) to place the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 into fluid communication with the chemical feed tank 1210 of FIGS. 12-18 and 26A-26C. Therefore, at least one of the first and second apertures 3406, 3408 may be designed to function as a conduit for the chemical cleaning agent 1212 as the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is introduced into the interior of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. In addition, in certain cases, at least one of the first and second apertures 3406, 3408 may be in fluid communication with a deaeration valve assembly (e.g., a deaeration valve assembly 3500), as further described with reference to FIGS. 35-37. It is to be understood that the top endcap 2202 may include additional apertures or fewer apertures than the first and second apertures 3406, 3408 described herein. For example, in some instances, the top endcap 2202 may be provided with no apertures or a single aperture. In addition, the apertures provided in the top endcap 2202 (e.g., the first and second apertures 3406, 3408) may be positioned in alternative locations in the body 3400 of the top endcap 2202.

Referring again to FIGS. 34A-D, the attachment mechanism 3410 may be designed to couple the top endcap 2202 to one or more components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 that are provided external to the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. The attachment mechanism 3410 may be provided in the form of a platform 3412 that extends above a top surface 3413 of the body 3400 of the top endcap 2202, a first projection 3414 and a second projection 3416 each extending upwardly and away from the platform 3412, and one or more receiving portions 3418. The platform 3412 may be a substantially rectangular raised portion extending upwardly from the top surface 3413, although the platform 3412 may also be provided in other shapes and forms. The first and second projections 3414, 3416 may each be substantially cylindrical and include the first and second apertures 3406, 3408, respectively, although the first and second projections 3414, 3416 may also be provided in other shapes and forms. In addition, the first aperture 3406 may extend through the first projection 3414 and the second aperture 3408 may extend through the second projection 3416. The one or more receiving portions 3418 may be designed to receive components designed to couple to the top endcap 2202 (e.g., the chemical feed line 1240, a coupling member of the deaeration valve assembly 3500) and help more securely couple said components to the top endcap 2202. Thus, in some instances, one or more of the platform 3412, the first and second projections 3414, 3416, and the receiving portions 3418 may provide an interface between the top endcap 2202 and the chemical feed line 1240, the deaeration valve assembly 3500, and/or other components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100.

Turning next to FIGS. 35-37, a deaeration valve designed to purge or vent gases from the hybrid filter assembly 2100 is provided. As shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, the deaeration valve assembly 3500 may be provided in the form of a deaeration valve 3502, one or more coupling members 3504, a capacitive sensor 3506, and a discharge conduit 3508. The deaeration valve assembly 3500 may be designed to remove gases that become trapped in the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 during operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In addition, the deaeration valve assembly 3500 may be designed to provide feedback or information to the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 (or a local controller in communication with the hybrid filter assembly 2100) when the trapped gases have been purged from the hybrid filter assembly 2100.

Gases may accumulate in the hybrid filter assembly 2100 due to actuation of valves provided in the hybrid filter assembly 2100, cavitation, and air leaks in components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. Trapped gases within the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may impede the operational efficiency of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (and thus the hybrid filter assembly 2100 as a whole). In addition, the trapped gases may impede the measurements carried out by the one or more sensors of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 that are used to determine the permeability values of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. In turn, this impacts when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 determines whether to operate the hybrid filter assembly 2100 in the filtration mode, the cleaning mode, the bypass mode, and/or any of the other operational modes discussed herein and could cause the hybrid filter assembly 2100 to initiate and/or end such modes prematurely.

As gases accumulate in the hybrid filter assembly 2100, the trapped gases may rise to the highest points in the hybrid filter assembly 2100. For example, the trapped gases may accumulate in or near a top portion of the interior of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. As such, the deaeration valve assembly 3500 may be coupled to the top endcap 2202 to help facilitate the removal of the trapped gases that accumulate in the hybrid filter assembly 2100.

In some instances, the deaeration process may be initiated when the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 change operational modes. For example, the deaeration process may be initiated when the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 are changed from the filtration mode to the chemical cleaning mode. In other instances, values obtained from one or more sensors associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100 and/or the deaeration valve assembly 3500 may be used to determine when the deaeration process is initiated.

The deaeration valve 3502 may be positioned downstream of and in fluid communication with the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. For example, the discharge conduit 3508 may place the deaeration valve 3502 in fluid communication with the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. Accordingly, the deaeration valve 3502 may be designed to selectively vent the trapped gases from the hybrid filter assembly 2100. Generally, the deaeration valve 3502 may be placed into an open configuration and a closed configuration. When the deaeration valve 3502 is in an open configuration, the deaeration valve 3502 may facilitate or allow the venting of trapped gases from the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (and thus the hybrid filter assembly 2100). In comparison, when the deaeration valve 3502 is in the closed configuration, the venting of the trapped gases from the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be substantially or completely prevented.

As best illustrated in FIG. 37, the deaeration valve 3502 may be provided in the form of a valve body 3700 coupled to or integrally formed with an inlet 3702 and an outlet 3704. The inlet 3702 may be designed to place the deaeration valve 3502 in fluid communication with the hybrid filter assembly 2100. For example, the inlet 3702 may place the deaeration valve 3502 in fluid communication with the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In addition, the outlet 3704 may be designed to place the deaeration valve 3502 in fluid communication with the outside environment or the waste conduit 2295 (see FIG. 25) such that the trapped gases can be vented from the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (and thus the hybrid filter assembly 2100) during the deaeration process. Both the inlet 3702 and the outlet 3704 may be in fluid communication with an interior chamber 3710 of the deaeration valve 3502. The interior chamber 3710 may house a valve mechanism (e.g., a plunger, a ball, or a similar mechanism) that can selectively block the flow of fluid through the deaeration valve 3502. When the valve mechanism is arranged to block the flow of fluid through the interior chamber 3710 or otherwise substantially prevent fluid flow through the deaeration valve 3502, the deaeration valve 3502 may be in the closed configuration. When the valve mechanism is arranged to allow the flow of fluid through the interior chamber 3510 or otherwise allow fluid flow through the deaeration valve 3502, the deaeration valve 3502 may be in the open configuration.

In certain instances, the deaeration valve 3502 may be provided in the form of a solenoid valve, a pneumatic valve, or any other mechanically or electrically actuatable valve that is in communication with the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 and/or a local controller. For example, the deaeration valve 3502 may be provided as a solenoid valve that is in communication with a local controller and the central controller 150. In certain instances, the deaeration valve 3502 may be placed in communication with the central controller 150 and/or the local controller via a wired connection or a wireless connection.

In certain instances, a pressure sensor may be in communication with the waste discharge conduit and positioned upstream of the deaeration valve 3502. In such instances, the pressure sensor may be designed to monitor the pressure of the trapped gases in the discharge conduit 3508. In such instances, once the central controller 150 determines that a pressure of the trapped gases in the discharge conduit 3508 is above a predetermined threshold pressure value, the controller may direct the actuation of the deaeration valve 3502 from the closed configuration to the open configuration to vent the trapped gases from the hybrid filter assembly 2100. Once the central controller 150 determines that the trapped gases have been vented from the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., as determined by measurements obtained from the capacitive sensor 3506), the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the deaeration valve 3502 to the closed configuration.

Referring again to FIGS. 35 and 36, the one or more coupling members 3504 may be designed to place the deaeration valve 3502 and the capacitive sensor 3506 into fluid communication with the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. As such, the one or more coupling members 3504 may also be coupled to or in fluid communication with the discharge conduit 3508. In some instances, the one or more coupling members 3504 may be designed to couple to the top endcap 2202 (see, e.g., FIG. 34A-34D) of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 (see, e.g., FIG. 21). For example, the one or more coupling members 3504 may be coupled to the attachment mechanism 3410 of the top endcap 2202 and positioned over the first aperture 3406 and/or the second aperture 3408. During the deaeration process, gas may exit from the top endcap 2202 and pass through the one or more coupling members 3504 before being provided to the discharge conduit 3508.

The discharge conduit 3508 may be provided in the form of a flexible tubing that is designed to place the deaeration valve 3502 and the one or more coupling members 3504 in fluid communication with the outside environment and/or the waste conduit 2295 of FIG. 25. In some instances, the discharge conduit 3508 may be plumbed or tied into the highest point of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. When the deaeration valve 3502 is in the open configuration, the trapped gases may be vented from the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154, through the deaeration valve 3502, and out of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 via the discharge conduit 3508. In addition, if any water enters the deaeration valve assembly 3500, the water may also be discharged from the deaeration valve assembly 3500 via the discharge conduit 3508.

The capacitive sensor 3506 may be arranged downstream of the deaeration valve 3502 and the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. The capacitive sensor 3506 may be designed to detect whether air (i.e., the trapped gases) or water is flowing through the discharge conduit 3508. As such, the capacitive sensor 3506 may provide information to the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 regarding when the deaeration process is in progress (e.g., when the capacitive sensor 3506 detects that air is flowing through the discharge conduit 3508) or when the deaeration process is substantially complete or not active (i.e., when the capacitive sensor 3506 detects that water is present in the discharge conduit 3508). For example, the capacitive sensor 3506 may include or be provided as a sensor designed to measure or detect the capacitance of fluids flowing through the discharge conduit 3508. When water is present in the discharge conduit 3508, the capacitive sensor 3506 may detect or measure a capacitance change.

In some instances, the capacitive sensor 3506 may be provided in the form of a water presence sensor. In certain instances, the capacitive sensor 3506 may be an analog water presence sensor, although digital water presence sensors may also be provided. For example, during the deaeration process, air may pass over the capacitive sensor 3506, which gives analog feedback regarding the presence of water (e.g., information indicative of the presence of or lack of water within the capacitive sensor 3506). The feedback or information may be provided to the central controller 150, which in turn can direct actuation of the deaeration valve 3502.

In certain cases, after the deaeration process may be initiated at a first time period. When the deaeration process is initiated, the deaeration valve 3502 may be opened and the trapped gases in the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may flow into the discharge conduit 3508. The capacitive sensor 3506 may then determine the capacitive value of the fluid flowing through the discharge conduit 3508 at a second time period. Subsequently, as the deaeration valve 3502 remains open, the capacitive sensor 3506 may determine the capacitive value of the fluid in the discharge conduit 3508 at a third time period. If the capacitive sensor 3506 determines that the capacitive value of the fluid has changed by more than a predetermined threshold value or range, the capacitive sensor 3506 and/or the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may determine that water is present in the discharge conduit 3508. Once water is detected in the discharge conduit 3508, the deaeration valve 3502 may be closed. If the capacitive sensor 3506 does not detect the presence of water in the discharge conduit 3508 at the third time period, the capacitive sensor 3506 may, after predetermined time periods, repeat measurements of the capacitive value of the fluid in the discharge conduit 3508 until water is detected in the discharge conduit 3508.

In some cases, the capacitive sensor 3506 and/or the central controller 150 may be provided with predetermined values associated with the capacitance of air and the capacitance of water under various conditions. In such cases, when the capacitive sensor 3506 determines the capacitive value of a fluid in the discharge conduit 3508, the capacitive sensor 3506 may determine whether there is water or air present in the discharge conduit without determining a change in a capacitive value.

Referring still to FIGS. 35 and 36, a non-limiting example of a process utilizing the capacitive sensor 3506 is provided. At a first time period before the deaeration process begins, air may be present in the discharge conduit 3508. Thus, the capacitive sensor 3506 may provide a signal to the central controller 150 indicating the presence of air in the discharge conduit 3508. Once the deaeration process is triggered at a second time period (e.g., after the hybrid filter assembly changes operational modes), the deaeration valve 3502 may be placed in the open configuration and the trapped gases may exit the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 via the discharge conduit 3508. As the trapped gases flow through the discharge conduit 3508, the capacitive sensor 3506 may again detect the presence of air in the discharge conduit 3508 at a third time period. Eventually, substantially all or all of the trapped gases may be purged or vented from the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. Then, water may begin to flow into the discharge conduit 3508. The water flowing through the discharge conduit 3508 may be detected by the capacitive sensor 3506 at a fourth time period, which may send a signal to the central controller 150 indicating the presence of water in the discharge conduit 3508. In turn, the central controller 150 may determine that the deaeration process is complete and thus direct the actuation of the deaeration valve 3502 to the closed configuration at a fifth time period. Once the valve 3502 is in the closed configuration, any remaining water in the discharge conduit 3508 downstream of the deaeration valve 3502 may flow to the waste conduit 2295 (see FIG. 25). In some instances, the water may flow out of the discharge conduit 3508 via the action of gravity. After substantially all or all of the water has exited the discharge conduit 3508, the capacitive sensor 3506 may detect the presence of air in the discharge conduit 3508 at a sixth time period. The change of signals provided from the capacitive sensor 3506 (i.e., the change in the detection of water to the detection of air at the fifth and sixth time periods) may inform the central controller 150 that the deaeration valve 3502 has closed. If the capacitive sensor 3506 fails to detect a change (i.e., the change from the presence of water to the presence of air at the fifth and sixth time periods), the central controller 150 may determine that the deaeration valve 3502 has malfunctioned and that user intervention is needed. It is to be understood that the foregoing process is a single example, and other variations of the deaeration process may be used with or facilitated by the deaeration valve assembly 3500.

In some instances, as shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, the deaeration valve assembly 3500 may be designed to tie into each membrane filtration module provided in the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (i.e., each of the first and second membrane filtration modules 2154a, 2154b may be coupled to a single coupling member 3504 of the deaeration valve assembly 3500). In other instances, more than one deaeration valve assembly 3500 may be provided in the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In such instances, each deaeration valve assembly 3500 may tie into a single membrane filtration module of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 or a subset of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154. In such instances, targeted deaeration of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 may be accomplished. For example, if one membrane module of the one or more membrane filtration modules changes operational modes (e.g., changes from the filtration mode to the cleaning mode), the membrane filtration module(s) undergoing the change in the operational mode may be targeted for deaeration by the deaeration valve assembly 3500. Thus, the hybrid filter assembly 2100 may be designed to, in a targeted manner, improve the operational efficiency of select membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 as needed.

Referring again to FIGS. 35 and 36, in certain instances, the deaeration valve assembly 3500 may be in fluid communication with other elements of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. As such, additional conduits 3520 may be provided that are designed to place the deaeration valve assembly 3500 in fluid communication with the other components. Similar to the discharge conduit 3508, the additional conduits 3520 may be provided in the form of flexible tubing, although the additional conduits 3520 may also be provided in other forms.

It is to be understood that the deaeration valve assembly 3500 and the variations of the deaeration valve assembly 3500 described with reference to FIGS. 35-37 may be used in any of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein.

Turning to FIG. 38, an example control system 3800 of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 is provided. The control system 3800 may utilize the central controller 150 of FIG. 1, or the control system 3800 may utilize a local controller 3805 that is in communication with the central controller 150 and various components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. It is to be understood that in instances in which a local controller (e.g., the local controller 3805) is not associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100, the central controller 150 may also be in communication with, interact with, control, direct, and/or determine various functions of the hybrid filter assembly in a manner consistent with the teachings related to the local controller 3805.

The local controller 3805 may be provided in the form of a memory 3810, a receiver 3812, a transmitter 3814, a microcontroller 3816, a security module 3818, a display 3820, an input device 3822, and output device 3824, although, in some instances, the local controller 3805 may include fewer or additional components than those listed herein. In certain instances, the local controller 3805 may be a gateway, a hub, a switch, a router, a server, or other connection device designed to allow integration, monitoring, and control of multiple aspects of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. The local controller 3805 may be designed to actuate or direct actuation of various actuators provided with the hybrid filter assembly 2100, including any of the valves or pumps described with reference to FIGS. 21-33E. The local controller 3805 may also be designed to receive values from sensors associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100 and/or the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. For example, the local controller 3805 may receive values from temperature sensors, fluid level sensors, and/or pressure sensors associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In addition, the local controller 3805 may be designed to determine when the hybrid filter assembly 2100 should be operated in the filtration mode, the cleaning mode, the bypass mode, and/or any other operational mode described herein. Various examples of a local controller and/or the central controller 150 making such determinations are described in further detail with reference to FIGS. 65-77. The local controller 3805 may also direct actuation of the various actuators (e.g., valves) of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 to place the hybrid filter assembly 2100 into the filtration mode, the cleaning mode, the bypass mode, and/or any other operational mode described herein.

The local controller 3805 may be able to download, store, and/or execute software having computer-executable instructions. The software may include one or more modules (e.g., the security module 3818). The one or more modules may include, for example, algorithms to monitor and/or store the measurements or other data received from one or more of the components of the aquatic application 100 and/or the hybrid filter assembly 2100, including any sensors, valves, tanks, and/or pumps provided in the aquatic application 100 and/or the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In addition, the local controller 3805 may monitor and/or store real-time and historic data, including data associated with flow patterns, pressure measurements, and usage data. The local controller 3805, via the one or more modules, may also perform calculations or other data analysis or modeling processes to determine various outcomes. The outcomes may include, for example, turning on or off components of the aquatic application 100 and/or the hybrid filter assembly 2100, actuating the one or more valves or pumps provided in the aquatic application 100 and/or the hybrid filter assembly 2100, and/or initiating any of the operational modes of the hybrid filter assembly 2100.

The local controller 3805 may be Bluetooth enabled and have Internet of Things (IoT) connectivity. The one or more components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., the sensors, the valves, the pumps) may be IoT-enabled and/or communicatively connected smart components.

In some instances, the local controller 3805 may be able to self-diagnose or troubleshoot problems that arise during operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 without input from any of the various components (e.g., sensors) of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 or a user. Artificial Intelligence (AI) or Machine Learning (ML) may be used to learn different patterns of usage to predict future behavior.

The memory 3810 may refer to a read access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), a flash memory, or any other type of memory, including future memory systems not explicitly mentioned herein. The memory 3810 may be designed to store or otherwise save data related to the hybrid filter assembly 2100 and/or the aquatic application 100, including data obtained from various sensors associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100 and/or the aquatic application 100.

Referring still to FIG. 38, the receiver 3812 may provide a means for receiving information, including packets, user data, control information, other signals, and any combination thereof associated. The information may be associated with or provided from various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, information channels, wired or wireless channels, and the like). The information may be passed on to other components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. The receiver 3812 may utilize a single antenna or a set of multiple antennas. The receiver 3812 may be designed to receive information related to the performance or operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100.

The transmitter 3814 may be designed to transmit signals generated by other components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. For example, the transmitter 3814 may transmit information including packets, user data, control information, other signals, or any combination thereof. The information may be associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, information channels, wired or wireless channels, and the like). In some examples, the transmitter 3814 may be co-located with a receiver 3812 in a transceiver module. The transmitter 3814 may utilize a single antenna or a set of multiple antennas. The transmitter 3814 may also be designed to transmit signals and indications related to measurements of any of the sensors associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., one or more sensors 3830).

The microcontroller 3816 may be provided in the form of a processor designed to control or direct one or more components in communication with the local controller 3805. The microcontroller 3816 may be designed to determine one or more actions associated with the functions of the one or more components of the aquatic application 100 and/or the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In some instances, the microcontroller 3816 may be provided in the form of a single-core processor, a dual-core processor, a quad-core processor, a hexacore processor, an octa-core processor, a deca-core processor, any other known processor, and/or future processors not explicitly mentioned herein.

The security module 3818 may be designed to facilitate and help protect the stable operation of the local controller 3805. For example, the security module 3818 may be provided as a component of the local controller 3805 that facilitates a secure boot process when the local controller 3805 is being updated and/or protects the local controller 3805 against malware attacks. In some instances, the security module 3818 may be software that is executed by the microcontroller 3816.

Referring again to FIG. 38, the display 3820 may be designed to communicate information associated with the operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, including, but not limited to, the operational state of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., whether the hybrid filter assembly is online or offline, the operational mode of the hybrid filter assembly 2100), data from any of the sensors associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., the one or more sensors 3830), whether any components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 are malfunctioning or in need of replacement, the permeability value associated with the second filtration stage 2120, and/or error messages. The display 3820 may be provided in the form of a light emitting diode (LED) display, a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic LED (OLED) display, or another known display.

The input device 3822 may be designed to allow a user to provide information to the local controller 3805. For example, the input device 3822 may allow the user to select between the filtration mode, a cleaning mode, a bypass mode, or any of the other operational modes associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100 as described herein. As an additional example, the input device 3822 may allow the user to input information indicating that a component of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 has been replaced. In some instances, the input device 3822 may be provided in the form of one or more buttons or another physically actuatable mechanism. In other instances, the input device may be provided as a touchscreen. In certain instances, the display 3820 may be the input device 3822 or associated with the input device 3822.

The output device 3824 may be designed to communicate information about the operational state of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. For example, the output device 3824 may indicate the operational mode of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, whether the hybrid filter assembly 2100 is online or offline, whether a component of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 is malfunctioning or in need of replacement, and/or other similar information. In certain instances, the output device 3824 may be provided in the form of one or more LED lights that may turn on or off, blink, and/or change color to communicate information. In other instances, the output device may be provided in the form of one or more speakers or one or more motors designed to create haptic feedback. In certain instances, the display 3820 may be the output device 3824 or associated with the output device 3824.

In some instances, the local controller 3805 may be in communication with a remote device 3826. The remote device 3826 may be provided in the form of a cell phone, tablet, or any other similar portable electronic device that may include a camera and a user interface. In certain instances, the remote device 3826 may be the central controller 150 of FIG. 1.

Referring again to FIG. 38, the local controller 3805 may be placed in communication with the one or more sensors 3830 provided with the hybrid filter assembly 2100. The local controller 3805 and the one or more sensors 3830 may be in communication via a communication network 3835. The one or more sensors 3830 may be designed to detect or measure one or more physical and chemical parameters of fluid within the hybrid filter assembly 2100 and, in turn, provide the information associated with the measurement to the local controller 3805. In some instances, the one or more sensors 3830 may include a first sensor 3830a, a second sensor 3830b, a third sensor 3830c, a fourth sensor 3830d, a fifth sensor 3830e, a sixth sensor 3830f, and a seventh sensor 3830g, although additional or fewer sensors may also be associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100. The one or more sensors 3830 may be provided in the form of a pH probe, an ORP sensor, a FC sensor, a turbidity sensor, a pressure sensor, a flow sensor, a capacitive sensor, a temperature sensor, a fluid-level sensor, and/or any other sensor designed to detect physical and/or chemical parameters of fluids within the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In certain instances, two or more individual sensors of the one or more sensors 3830 may be integrated into a single sensor housing.

The first sensor 3830a may be in fluid communication with the inlet conduit 2207 (see, e.g., FIG. 22) of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In some instances, the first sensor 3830a may be the first sensor 2208 described with reference to FIGS. 22 and 23. In certain cases, the first sensor 3830a may be designed to detect a pressure value of water flowing through the inlet conduit 2207 and may provide information related to the pressure value to the local controller 3805. In other instances, the first sensor 3830a may be designed to detect other physical and/or chemical parameters of the water flowing through the inlet conduit 2207.

The second sensor 3830b and the third sensor 3830c may be in fluid communication with any of the conduits positioned between the first filtration stage 2110 and the second filtration stage 2120 (said conduits described with reference to FIGS. 21-26C). For example, at least one of the second and third sensors 3830b, 3830c may be in fluid communication with the valve conduit 2234 described with reference to FIG. 22. In certain instances, the second sensor 3830b may be designed to detect a pressure value and the third sensor 3830c may be designed to detect a flow rate of water provided in the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In other instances, the second and third sensors 3830b, 3830c may each be designed to detect other physical and/or chemical parameters of the water flowing through the valve conduit 2234. In certain cases, the second and third sensors 3830b, 3830c may be integrated into a single sensor housing and designed to measure two or more physical and chemical parameters of the water flowing through the hybrid filter assembly 2100. For example, the second and third sensors 3830b, 3830c may be provided as the second sensor 2256 described with reference to FIG. 22. In each instance described herein, the second and third sensors 3830b, 3830c may be designed to provide information to the local controller 3805.

Referring again to FIG. 38, the fourth sensor 3830d and the fifth sensor 3830e may be in fluid communication with the second filtration stage outlet conduit 2280, the system outlet conduit 2290, the waste conduit 2295, and/or any other conduit designed to carry a fluid out of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., see FIG. 25). For example, the fourth and fifth sensors 3830d, 3830e may each be in fluid communication with the system outlet conduit 2290. In certain instances, the fourth sensor 3830d may be designed to detect a pressure value and the fifth sensor 3830e may be designed to detect a water chemistry parameter of the water provided in the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In other instances, the fourth and fifth sensors 3830d, 3830e may each be designed to detect other physical and/or chemical parameters of the water flowing through the valve conduit 2234. In certain cases, the fourth and fifth sensors 3830d, 3830e may be integrated into a single sensor housing and designed to measure two or more physical and chemical parameters of the water flowing through the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In each instance described herein, the fourth and fifth sensors 3830d, 3830e may be designed to provide information to the local controller 3805.

The sixth sensor 3830f and the seventh sensor 3830g may be in fluid communication with the chemical feed tank 1210 (as described with reference to, e.g., FIGS. 12-20C). In certain instances, the sixth sensor 3830f may be designed to detect a temperature value associated with the chemical cleaning agent 1212 retained within the chemical feed tank 1210 and/or the environment outside the chemical feed tank 1210, and the seventh sensor 3830g may designed to detect an amount of fluid (e.g., an amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212) within the chemical feed tank 1210. In other instances, the sixth and seventh sensors 3830f, 3830g may each be designed to detect other physical and/or chemical parameters associated with the chemical feed tank 1210 and/or the chemical cleaning agent 1212. In each instance described herein, the sixth and seventh sensors 3830f, 3830g may be designed to provide information to the local controller 3805.

In some instances, the local controller 3805 may be provided with an eighth sensor 3830h of the one or more sensors 3830. In such instances, the eighth sensor 3830h may be designed to detect information associated with the environment including, but not limited to, an ambient air temperature, a humidity value of the air, an air pressure value, and the like.

The local controller 3805 may be placed in communication with the one or more actuators provided with the hybrid filter assembly 2100 via the communication network 3835. In various instances, the one or more actuators may be provided in the form of valves, pumps, or other similar components associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In various instances, the one or more actuators may include a first filtration stage valve 3840a, a second filtration stage valve 3840b, and a first pump 3840c. In other instances, additional or fewer actuators may be provided in or associated with the hybrid filter assembly 2100 than as shown in FIG. 38.

The first filtration stage valve 3840a may be designed to control fluid flow through the first filtration stage 2110 during various operational modes of the hybrid filter assembly (e.g., the filtration mode, the cleaning mode). The second filtration stage valve 3840b may be designed to isolate a single membrane filtration module or a subset of membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. As such, the local controller 3805 may direct actuation of the second filtration stage valve 3840b during a targeted backwashing process or a targeted cleaning process. The second filtration stage valve 3840b may be provided in the form of one or more isolation valves, a three-way valve, a four-way valve, a five-way valve, and/or any other valve designed to selectively fluidly isolate one or more components of a water filtration system. In some instances, the second filtration stage valve 3840b may be provided in the form of a five-way valve 6000 as further described with reference to FIGS. 60-63 herein.

The first pump 3840c may be in fluid communication with the chemical feed tank 1210. The first pump 3840c may be designed to selectively provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the hybrid filter assembly 2100 (e.g., to the second filtration stage 2120). In some instances, the first pump 3840c may be provided in the form of any of the pumps associated with the chemical feed tank 1210, e.g., as described with reference to FIGS. 12-20C. In other instances, the first pump 3840c may not be provided. In such instances, a valve may be in fluid communication with the chemical feed tank 1210 and in communication with the local controller 3805. In addition, the valve may be provided as any of the valves associated with the chemical feed tank 1210 in FIGS. 12-20C.

Although FIG. 38 depicts the local controller 3805 in communication with the remote device 3826 and various components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 via the communication network 3835, it should be noted that various communication methodologies and connections may be implemented to work in conjunction with, or independent from, one or more local controllers associated with one or more individual components associated with the aquatic application 100 (e.g., a pump controller, a heater controller, etc.). For example, one or more of the communication network 3835 may utilize a Local Area Network (LAN), a Wide Local Area Network (WLAN), Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, an LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) network, an LTE-A Pro network, a New Radio (NR) network, or a network operating in accordance with other systems and radio technologies, including future systems and radio technologies not explicitly mentioned herein, to transmit and receive information. It is also to be understood that the communication network 3835 may provide additional or fewer connections between components of the hybrid filter assembly 2100 than described herein with reference to FIG. 38.

In certain instances, the local controller 3805 may be associated with and/or control the operation of more than one installation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. For example, the local controller 3805 may be associated with two installations of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, three installations of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, four installations of the hybrid filter assembly 2100, or an even greater number of installations of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In addition, the local controller 3805 may be used to control multiple instances of any variations of the hybrid filter assemblies (e.g., the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900) described herein. In some instances, the local controller 3805 may be provided as the chemical controller system described in U.S. Pat. No. 10,191,498, entitled “Chemical Controller System and Method,” filed on Mar. 4, 2016, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

In certain instances, each of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein may be provided with one or more membrane module valves designed to control the flow of fluid into a single membrane filtration module of the one or more membrane filtration modules. The one or more membrane module valves may be designed to change the flow rate of fluid provided to each of the one or more membrane filtration modules and/or prevent the flow of fluid to each of the one or more membrane filtration modules. The one or more membrane module valves may be provided in the form of an isolation valve, a control valve, or any other type of valve suitable for metering or controlling the flow of fluid to the one or more membrane filtration modules of the second filtration stage. Thus, the one or more membrane module valves may facilitate operation of the hybrid filter assembly in a targeted filtration mode and/or a targeted cleaning mode (including, e.g., a targeted backwash mode and a targeted chemical cleaning mode).

In certain instances, it may be useful to isolate one or more of the membrane filtration modules provided in the hybrid filter assemblies described herein. By isolating one or more of the membrane filtration modules, a targeted cleaning process of one or more membrane filtration modules may be carried out. The targeted cleaning process may be initiated as part of the cleaning mode. For example, when the hybrid filter assembly operates in the cleaning mode, the first membrane filtration module of the hybrid filter assembly may be backwashed and/or chemically cleaned. As an additional example, when the hybrid filter assembly operates in the cleaning mode, a subset of the membrane filtration modules may be backwashed and/or chemically cleaned.

The targeted cleaning process may be initiated when the central controller 150 and/or a local controller determines a membrane filtration module, or a subset of the membrane filtration modules, needs cleaned. For example, the targeted cleaning process may be initiated when the central controller 150 determines that a membrane filtration module or a subset of membrane filtration modules is fouled. In such instances, one or more parameters related to the operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly, the second filtration stage, a membrane filtration module, and/or a subset of the membrane filtration modules may be determined at a first time period. Then, based on the determination of the one or more operational parameters, the central controller 150 may determine to initiate a targeted cleaning procedure at a second time period. Subsequently, at a third time period, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves to fluidly isolate the membrane filtration module or the subset of membrane filtration modules that are fouled. At a fourth time period, the targeted cleaning operation may be carried out to clean the fouled membrane filtration module or the subset of membrane filtration modules. This process may then be repeated, starting at a fifth time period. In some instances, the first time period is substantially the same as the second time period. In certain instances, the third time period is substantially the same as the fourth time period. In some cases, each of the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth time periods may be different.

In certain instances, the targeted cleaning procedure may be initiated as part of any of the cleaning methods described herein, e.g., the cleaning procedures described with reference to FIGS. 65-77.

In certain instances, fluid may be provided to the one or more membrane filtration modules in different amounts or at different rates. For example, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves such that fluid is provided to a first membrane filtration module at a first rate, a second membrane filtration module at a second rate, and so on. By providing the fluid to a membrane filtration module or a subset of membrane filtration modules at different rates, different amounts of the backwashing fluid and/or the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be provided to the one or more membrane filtration modules of the second filtration stage.

Targeted cleaning of the one or more membrane filtration modules may help extend the overall life and operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly. For example, the life and operational efficiency of each individual membrane filtration module can be improved. Further, in instances where one or more membrane filtration modules completely foul, fail, and/or begin to fail, the fouled or failing membrane filtration modules can be isolated. In turn, this may allow the hybrid filter assembly to continue operating with only a subset of membrane filtration modules being online. Thus, the membrane filtration module isolation process may be useful for instances in which maintenance on the fouled or failed membrane filtration modules may not be performed immediately. Moreover, in instances where the filter loading is low (e.g., when the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 has a low bather load), all of the membrane filtration modules may not be needed. Thus, one or more of the membrane filtration modules can be isolated so that the filter load is cycled through the remaining (i.e., non-isolated) membrane filtration modules. Then, during times of high filter loading (e.g., when the swimming pool 110 has a high bather load), additional membrane filtration modules may be brought online such that there may be clean or high permeability membrane filtration modules available to handle the increased filter load.

Turning next to FIG. 39, another instance of a hybrid filter assembly, a hybrid filter assembly 3900, is provided. In certain instances, the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may be the filter 124 of FIG. 1. The hybrid filter assembly 3900 may be imparted with substantially the same functionality and many of the same design characteristics as the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100. In addition, components having similar names and/or numbers in the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100 and the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may have similar structure and function as the components described with reference to the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100. For example, the hybrid filter assembly 3900, like the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, may be provided in the form of a first filtration stage (e.g., a depth filtration stage) and a second filtration stage (e.g., a membrane filtration stage). As an additional example, like the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may be operated in a normal operational mode (e.g., a filtration mode), a chemical cleaning mode, a backwash mode, a bypass mode, and/or any other operational mode described herein. Similar to the hybrid filter assembly 2100, and unlike the hybrid filter assembly 200, the first filtration stage and the second filtration stage of the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may be provided in separate housings, vessels, and/or enclosures.

More particularly, as shown in FIG. 39, the hybrid filter assembly 3900 is provided in the form of a first filtration stage 3910 including a vessel 3912 that retains a granular media 3915 and a second filtration stage 3920. The first filtration stage 3910 and the second filtration stage 3920 may be fluidly coupled to each other and to the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. In addition, when the hybrid filter assembly 3900 operates in a filtration mode, water from the swimming pool 110 is first provided to the first filtration stage 3910 before being provided to the second filtration stage 3920.

The first filtration stage 3910 may be positioned proximate or adjacent to the second filtration stage 3920 and may act as a “prefilter” for the second filtration stage 3920, although in some instances the vessel 3912 of the first filtration stage 3910 may be positioned within an enclosure associated with the second filtration stage 3920. In some forms, the first filtration stage 3910 operates using depth filtration by capturing debris within the volume of a porous media (e.g., the granular media 3915). Specifically, as fluid flows through the porous media, the depth and pore size of the media create a physical barrier in which particulates get trapped in the media itself.

Referring still to FIG. 39, the second filtration stage 3920 may include one or more filtration modules that are disposed in an upright orientation. The filtration modules can be provided in the form of a membrane filter, such as a reverse osmosis filter, nanofiltration filter, ultrafiltration filter, or microfiltration filter. In one instance, the membrane filter is a hollow-fiber membrane filter. In certain instances, the second filtration stage 3920 may be provided in the form of one or more membrane filtration modules 3954. For example, the second filtration stage 3920 may include between one to eight membrane filtration modules 3954, although the number of membrane filtration modules 3954 may be even greater than eight. As provided in the illustrated instance of FIG. 39, the second filtration stage 3920 comprises a first membrane filtration module 3954a, a second membrane filtration module 3954b, a third membrane filtration module 3954c, and a fourth membrane filtration module 3954d. As yet another example, the second filtration stage 3920 may include two or six membrane filtration modules 3954. In certain cases, the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 may be provided in the form of the membrane filtration modules 510 described with reference to, e.g., FIGS. 5A and 5B. Alternatively, the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 may be provided in the form of any of the membrane filtration modules described herein.

In some instances, the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may include multiple membrane filtration modules of the same type and capacity with substantially similar characteristics including nominal pore size, diameter, and length. The membrane filtration modules may be located proximate to each other and arranged in a parallel array. In other instances, the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may include a single membrane filtration module or multiple membrane filtration modules of different types, lengths, and/or diameters, employed in series and/or in parallel. For example, the first membrane filtration module 3954a may be provided as a reverse osmosis filter, the second and third membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c may each be provided as an ultrafiltration filter, and the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d may be provided as a nanofiltration filter. As an additional example, the first membrane filtration module 3954a and the second membrane filtration module 3954b may be arranged in series, while the third membrane filtration module 3954c and the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d may also be arranged in series. As yet another example, as provided in FIG. 39, the first, second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954a, 3954b, 3954c, 3954d may be arranged in parallel.

Referring again to FIG. 39, one or more conduits 3970 may be designed to place various components of the hybrid filter assembly 3900 in fluid communication with each other, along with other components of the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. For example, the one or more conduits 3970 may place the first filtration stage 3910 in fluid communication with the second filtration stage 3920. As an additional example, the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may be in fluid communication with a pump 3980, a chemical cleaning system 3982 including one or more chemical feed tanks 1210, and a heater 3984. The pump 3980 may be provided as the variable speed pump 122 of FIG. 1, the booster pump 123 of FIG. 1, or another standalone pump. The heater 3984 may be the heater 125 of FIG. 1.

Fluid flow through the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may be controlled or directed via actuation of one or more membrane module valves 4000 (see, e.g., FIGS. 41-51). The one or more membrane module valves 4000 may be designed to selectively allow and prevent fluid flow to at least one of the one or more membrane filtration modules. In certain instances, the one or more membrane module valves 4000 may be provided in the form of one or more isolation valves, a three-way valve, a four-way valve, a five-way valve, and/or any other valve designed to selectively fluidly isolate one or more components of a water filtration system.

The arrangement of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 is further illustrated in the schematic diagrams provided in FIGS. 40-51. The one or more membrane module valves 4000 may be provided in the form of membrane outlet two-way valves 4010a-4010d, waste conduit isolation valves 4012a-4012d, three-way valves 4014a-4014d, and a second filtration stage conduit two-way valve 4016. In some instances, additional valves, fewer valves, or different types of valves may also be provided in the hybrid filter assembly 3900. The one or more membrane module valves 4000, as shown in FIGS. 41-51, may help facilitate operation of the hybrid filter assembly 3900 in the filtration mode, the backwash mode, the chemical cleaning mode, and/or may help facilitate taking at least one of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 offline.

Referring to FIG. 40B, the one or more conduits 3970 may include a first filtration stage inlet conduit 4020, a first filtration stage outlet conduit 4022, a second filtration stage inlet conduit 4024, a second filtration stage outlet conduit 4026, one or more membrane module inlet conduits 4028, one or more membrane outlet conduits 4029, and a waste conduit 4032. The waste conduit 4032 may be in fluid communication with a waste system 4034. The waste conduit isolation valves 4012a-4012d may be designed to fluidly isolate the waste system 4034 from the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954. In addition, the waste conduit isolation valves 4012a-4012d may be in a closed configuration unless a fluid is being provided from the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 and to the waste system 4034. Each of the aforementioned conduits may be designed to place the various components of the hybrid filter assembly 3900 into fluid communication with each other, similar to the similarly named conduits provided in the hybrid filter assembly 2100 and described with reference to FIGS. 21-25.

Referring still to FIG. 40, the chemical cleaning system 3982 may be provided in the form of a chemical feed tank (i.e., a first chemical feed tank 1210a, a second chemical feed tank 1210b), the chemical cleaning agent 1212 (not shown), and the chemical feed line 1240 as previously described with reference to FIGS. 12-20C. As will be further described with reference to FIGS. 50 and 51, the chemical cleaning system 3982 may selectively provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 when the hybrid filter assembly operates in the chemical cleaning mode.

The hybrid filter assembly 3900 may also be provided with one or more sensors. For example, the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may include a first sensor 4030a, a second sensor 4030b, and a third sensor 4030c, although additional sensors or fewer sensors may also be provided with or associated with the hybrid filter assembly 3900. The first, second, and third sensors 4030a, 4030b, 4030c may each be designed to measure or monitor one or more parameters (e.g., the pressure, flow rate, temperature, pH, turbidity, free chlorine content, an ORP value, and/or other parameters) of the water flowing through the one or more conduits 3970. In some instances, the first, second, and third sensors 4030a, 4030b, 4030c may be in communication with the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 and provide information to the central controller 150 regarding the operational status of the hybrid filter assembly 3900.

In some instances, the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may be provided with one or more air relief valves. For example, the one or more air relief valves may include a first air relief valve 4040a and a second air relief valve 4040b, although more or fewer air relief valves may be provided. The first air relief valve 4040a may be in fluid communication with the one or more membrane outlet conduits 4230 and the second air relief valve 4040b may be in fluid communication with the third membrane filtration module 3954c, although the first and second air relief valves 4040a, 4040b may also be positioned elsewhere in the hybrid filter assembly 3900. The first and second air relief valves 4040a, 4040b may be designed to vent air that accumulates in the second filtration stage 3920 during operation of the hybrid filter assembly 2100. In some instances, one or both of the first and second air relief valves 4040a, 4040b may be provided in the form of the deaeration valve 3502 or provided as part of the deaeration valve assembly 3500 described with reference to FIGS. 35-37.

Turning next to FIG. 41, a fluid flow path 4100 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. The fluid flow path 4100 may be implemented when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 directs the hybrid filter assembly 3900 to operate in the filtration mode and also directs the actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 such that each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 is online and capable of processing water from the swimming pool 110. For the sake of clarity, the fluid flow path associated with the first filtration stage 3910 is not depicted.

As shown in FIG. 41, to implement the fluid flow path 4100, fluid may flow from the pump 3980, to the one or more membrane module inlet conduits 4028 and the three-way valves 4014a-4014d. The central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may actuate the three-way valves 4014a-4014d to an open configuration such that fluid is provided to the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 for processing. After a processed fluid is generated by the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954, the fluid may then flow to one or more membrane outlet conduits 4230. The central controller 150 may also actuate the membrane outlet two-way valves 4010a-4010d into an open configuration such that the processed fluid may flow to the second filtration stage outlet conduit 4026. In addition, the central controller 150 may actuate the two-way valve 4016 into the open configuration such that the processed water may be provided back to the swimming pool 110. In some instances, some or substantially all of the processed fluid may be provided to the heater 3984 before the processed fluid is provided to the swimming pool 110.

Turning next to FIG. 42, a fluid flow path 4200 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. The fluid flow path 4200 may be implemented when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 directs the hybrid filter assembly 3900 to operate in an instance of a backwashing mode in which the first membrane filtration module 3954a is backwashed. In this instance of the backwashing mode, the central controller 150 directs actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 such that the first membrane filtration module 3954a is backwashed while the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d are online and concurrently processing water from the swimming pool 110. The processed water generated by the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d may be directed to the first membrane filtration module 3954a and be used to backwash the first membrane filtration module 3954a before being provided to the waste system 4034. For the sake of clarity, the fluid flow path associated with the first filtration stage 3910 is not depicted.

As shown in FIG. 42, to implement the fluid flow path 4200, fluid may flow from the swimming pool 110, to the pump 3980, to the one or more membrane module inlet conduits 4028, and then to the three-way valves 4014a-4014d. However, unlike in the fluid flow path 4100, a first three-way valve 4014a is arranged in a backwash configuration, thereby preventing fluid from the swimming pool 110 from flowing to the first membrane filtration module 3954a. Meanwhile, second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b-4014d are arranged in the open configuration such that the fluid from the swimming pool 110 is provided to the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d for processing. After a processed fluid is generated by the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d, the processed fluid may flow to the one or more membrane outlet conduits 4230. The membrane outlet two-way valves 4010b-4010d may be arranged in the open configuration such that the processed fluid can flow to the second filtration stage outlet conduit 4026. Unlike in the fluid flow path 4100, in the fluid flow path 4200 the two-way valve 4016 may be arranged in a closed configuration to prevent flow of the processed fluid to the swimming pool 110. Instead, the processed fluid may be directed to the first membrane filtration module 3954a via the one or more membrane outlet conduits 4230 after flowing through a first two-way valve 4010a arranged in an open configuration. Once the processed fluid backwashes the first membrane filtration module 3954a, a backwash fluid including backwashed contaminants may exit the first membrane filtration module 3954a by flowing through a first membrane inlet port 4210a and a first membrane module drain port 4220a. Further, since the first three-way valve 4014a is in the backwash configuration, the first three-way valve 4014a may direct the backwashing fluid from the first membrane inlet port 4210a to the waste conduit 4032. The backwashing fluid may then flow from the waste conduit 4032 to the waste system 4034.

It is to be understood that although the fluid flow path 4200 only provides a backwashing of the first membrane filtration module 3954a, additional membrane filtration modules or alternative membrane filtration modules may be backwashed in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIG. 42. For example, one or more of the second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b, 4014c, 4014d may also be arranged in the backwash configuration such that the processed fluid is provided to one or more of the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d. As an additional example, the first three-way valve 4014a may be arranged in the open configuration while at least one of the second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b, 4014c, 4014d are arranged in the backwash configuration.

It is to be further understood that the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to implement the fluid flow path 4200, and any variations thereof, described with reference to FIG. 42. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to target for backwashing in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIGS. 65-77 (e.g., via a determination of the permeability values of each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954).

Turning next to FIG. 43, a fluid flow path 4300 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. The fluid flow path 4300 may be implemented when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 directs the hybrid filter assembly 3900 to operate in an instance of the backwash mode. Additionally, the central controller 150 may also direct the actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 such that water from the swimming pool 110 is provided to the first membrane filtration module 3954a for backwashing while the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d are offline. For the sake of clarity, the fluid flow path associated with the first filtration stage 3910 is not depicted.

As shown in FIG. 43, to implement the fluid flow path 4300, fluid may flow from the swimming pool 110, to the pump 3980, and to the one or more membrane module inlet conduits 4028. Similar to the fluid flow path 4200, in the fluid flow path 4300 the first three-way valve 4014a may be arranged in the backwash configuration. However, unlike the fluid flow path 4200, the second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b, 4014c, 4014d may be arranged in a closed configuration such that no fluid is provided to the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d. In addition, the membrane outlet two-way valves 4010b-4010d may be arranged in a closed configuration to substantially prevent fluid flow to the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d via the one or more membrane outlet conduits 4230. Thus, the membrane outlet two-way valves 4010b-4010d and the three-way valves 4014b-4014d may fluidly isolate the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d from the other components of the hybrid filter assembly 3900.

To provide the water from the swimming pool 110 to the first membrane filtration module 3954a, a fifth two-way valve 4010e may be arranged in an open configuration such that the water may flow to the second filtration stage outlet conduit 4026. The two-way valve 4016 may be arranged in the closed configuration and the first two-way valve 4010a may be arranged in the open configuration such that the water from the swimming pool 110 is directed to the first membrane filtration module 3954a via the one or more membrane outlet conduits 4230. Subsequently, similar to the fluid flow path 4200, the backwash fluid may be provided to the waste system 4034 via the waste conduit 4032 once the backwashing of the first membrane filtration module 3954a is complete.

It is to be understood that although the fluid flow path 4300 only provides a backwashing of the first membrane filtration module 3954a, additional membrane modules or alternative membrane modules may be backwashed in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIG. 43. For example, one or more of the three-way valves 4014b-4014d may also be arranged in the open configuration such that the water from the swimming pool 110 is provided to one or more of the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d.

It is to be further understood that the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to implement the fluid flow path 4300, and any variations thereof, described with reference to FIG. 43. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to target for backwashing in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIGS. 65-77 (e.g., via a determination of the permeability values of each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954).

Referring to FIG. 44, a fluid flow path 4400 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. For the sake of clarity, the fluid flow path associated with the first filtration stage 3910 is not depicted. The fluid flow path 4400 may be substantially similar to the fluid flow path 4100 except that the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d is offline (i.e., not processing fluid). Similar to the fluid flow path 4100, the fluid flow path 4400 may be implemented when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 directs the hybrid filter assembly 3900 to operate in the filtration mode and also directs the actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 such that each of the first, second, and third membrane filtration modules 3954a, 3954b, 3954c is online and capable of processing water from the swimming pool 110. Unlike the fluid flow path 4100, in the fluid flow path 4400, the fourth two-way valve 4010d and the fourth three-way valve 4014d may be arranged in the closed configuration to fluidly isolate the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d from the other components of the hybrid filter assembly 3900.

It is to be understood that although the fluid flow path 4400 places the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d offline, a different membrane filtration module of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 could be taken offline instead of the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d. For example, the first membrane filtration module 3954a could be taken offline instead of the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d by arranging the first two-way valve 4010a and the first three-way valve 4014a in the closed configuration. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to take offline in a manner consistent with determining which of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d and/or the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to take offline, as discussed with reference to FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 23.

It is to be further understood that the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to implement the fluid flow path 4400, and any variations thereof, described with reference to FIG. 44.

Turning to FIG. 45, a fluid flow path 4500 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. For the sake of clarity, the fluid flow path associated with the first filtration stage 3910 is not depicted. The fluid flow path 4500 may be substantially similar to the fluid flow path 4200 except that the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d is offline (i.e., not processing fluid). Similar to the fluid flow path 4200, the fluid flow path 4500 may be implemented when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 directs the hybrid filter assembly 3900 to operate in an instance of the backwash mode. In addition, the central controller 150 may also direct the actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 such that the second and third membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, are online and capable of processing water from the swimming pool 110. Unlike the fluid flow path 4200, in the fluid flow path 4500, the fourth two-way valve 4010d and the fourth three-way valve 4014d may be arranged in the closed configuration to fluidly isolate the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d from the other components of the hybrid filter assembly 3900.

It is to be understood that although the fluid flow path 4500 only provides a backwashing of the first membrane filtration module 3954a, additional membrane modules or alternative membrane modules may be backwashed in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIG. 45 while one of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 is offline. For example, when the first membrane filtration module 3954a is taken offline, one or more of the second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b, 4014c, 4014d may be arranged in the backwash configuration such that the processed fluid is provided to one or more of the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d. As an additional example, in conjunction with taking one of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 offline, the first three-way valve 4014a may be arranged in the open configuration while at least one of the second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b, 4014c, 4014d is arranged in the backwash configuration.

It is to be further understood that the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to implement the fluid flow path 4500, and any variations thereof, described with reference to FIG. 45. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to target for backwashing in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIGS. 65-77 (e.g., via a determination of the permeability values of each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954). Furthermore, the central controller 150 may determine which one of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to take offline in a manner consistent with the determination of the one of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d and/or the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to take offline, as discussed with reference to FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 23.

Referring to FIG. 46, a fluid flow path 4600 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. For the sake of clarity, the fluid flow path associated with the first filtration stage 3910 is not depicted. The fluid flow path 4600 may be substantially similar to the fluid flow path 4300 except that the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d is offline while the second and third membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c are in a standby mode. Similar to the fluid flow path 4300, the fluid flow path 4600 may be implemented when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 directs the hybrid filter assembly 3900 to operate in an instance of the backwash mode. In addition, the central controller 150 may also direct the actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 such that the second and third membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c are in the standby mode. Unlike the fluid flow path 4300, in the fluid flow path 4600, the fourth two-way valve 4010d and the fourth three-way valve 4014d may be arranged in the closed configuration to fluidly isolate the fourth membrane filtration module 3954d from the other components of the hybrid filter assembly 3900.

It is to be understood that although the fluid flow path 4600 only provides a backwashing of the first membrane filtration module 3954a, additional membrane modules or alternative membrane modules may be backwashed in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIG. 45 while a single membrane filtration module is offline and the remaining membrane filtration modules are in the standby mode. For example, in conjunction with taking one of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 offline and placing the remaining one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 in the standby mode, one or more of the second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b, 4014c, 4014d may be arranged in the backwash configuration such that the processed fluid is provided to one or more of the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d. As an additional example, in conjunction with taking one of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 offline, the first three-way valve 4014a may be arranged in the open configuration while at least one of the second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b, 4014c, 4014d is arranged in the backwash configuration.

It is to be further understood that the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to implement the fluid flow path 4600, and any variations thereof, described with reference to FIG. 46. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to target for backwashing in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIGS. 65-77 (e.g., via a determination of the permeability values of each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954). Furthermore, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to take offline in a manner consistent with the determination of which of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d and/or the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to take offline, as discussed with reference to FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 23.

Turning to FIG. 47, a fluid flow path 4700 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. For the sake of clarity, the fluid flow path associated with the first filtration stage 3910 is not depicted. The fluid flow path 4700 may be substantially similar to the fluid flow paths 4100, 4400 except that two of the membrane filtration modules (i.e., the third and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954c, 3954d) are offline. Like the fluid flow paths 4100, 4400 the fluid flow path 4700 may be implemented when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 directs the hybrid filter assembly 3900 to operate in the filtration mode and also directs the actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 such that the first and second membrane filtration modules 3954a, 3954b are online and capable of processing water from the swimming pool 110. Unlike the fluid flow path 4100, in the fluid flow path 4700, the third, fourth, and fifth two-way valves 4010c, 4010d, 4010e and the third and fourth three-way valves 4014c, 4014d may be arranged in the closed configuration to fluidly isolate the third and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954c, 3954d from the other components of the hybrid filter assembly 3900.

It is to be understood that although the fluid flow path 4700 places the third and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954c, 3954d offline, a different combination of two membrane filtration modules could instead be taken offline. For example, the first membrane filtration module 3954a and the third membrane filtration module 3954c could each be taken offline. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to take offline in a manner consistent with the selection of which of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d and/or the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to take offline, as discussed with reference to FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 23.

It is to be further understood that the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to implement the fluid flow path 4700, and any variations thereof, described with reference to FIG. 47.

Referring to FIG. 48, a fluid flow path 4800 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. For the sake of clarity, the fluid flow path associated with the first filtration stage 3910 is not depicted. The fluid flow path 4800 may be substantially similar to the fluid flow paths 4200, 4500 except that the third and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954c, 3954d are offline. Like the fluid flow path 4200, 4500, the fluid flow path 4800 may be implemented when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 directs the hybrid filter assembly 3900 to operate in an instance of the backwash mode. In addition, the central controller 150 may also direct the actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 such that the second membrane filtration module 3954b is online and capable of processing water from the swimming pool 110. Unlike the fluid flow path 4500, in the fluid flow path 4800, the third and fourth two-way valves 4010c, 4010d and the third and fourth three-way valves 4014c, 4014d may be arranged in the closed configuration to fluidly isolate the third and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954c, 3954d from the other components of the hybrid filter assembly 3900.

It is to be understood that although the fluid flow path 4800 places the third and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954c, 3954d offline, a different combination of two membrane filtration modules could instead be taken offline. For example, the first membrane filtration module 3954a and the third membrane filtration module 3954c could each be taken offline. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to take offline in a manner consistent with the selection of which of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d and/or the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to take offline, as discussed with reference to FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 23.

It is to be further understood that the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to implement the fluid flow path 4800, and any variations thereof, described with reference to FIG. 48. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to target for backwashing in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIGS. 65-77 (e.g., via a determination of the permeability values of each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954).

Turning to FIG. 49, a fluid flow path 4900 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. For the sake of clarity, the fluid flow path associated with the first filtration stage 3910 is not depicted. The fluid flow path 4900 may be substantially similar to the fluid flow paths 4300, 4600 except that the third and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954d are offline while the second membrane filtration module 3954b is in the standby mode. Similar to the fluid flow paths 4300, 4600, the fluid flow path 4900 may be implemented when the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 directs the hybrid filter assembly 3900 to operate in an instance of the backwash mode. In addition, the central controller 150 may also direct the actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 such that the second membrane filtration module 3954b is in the standby mode. Unlike the fluid flow paths 4300, 4600, in the fluid flow path 4900, the third and fourth two-way valves 4010c, 4010d and the third and fourth three-way valves 4014c, 4014d may be arranged in the closed configuration to fluidly isolate the third and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954c, 3954d from the other components of the hybrid filter assembly 3900.

It is to be understood that although the fluid flow path 4600 only provides a backwashing of the first membrane filtration module 3954a, the second membrane filtration module 3954b may be backwashed in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIG. 45 while two membrane filtration modules are offline and the remaining membrane filtration modules are in the standby mode.

It is to be further understood that the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to implement the fluid flow path 4900, and any variations thereof, described with reference to FIG. 49. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to target for backwashing in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIGS. 65-77 (e.g., via a determination of the permeability values of each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954). Furthermore, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to take offline in a manner consistent with determining which of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d and/or the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 to take offline, as discussed with reference to FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 23.

Together, FIGS. 50 and 51 illustrate the fluid flow paths associated with providing the chemical cleaning agent 1212 (not shown) to a membrane filtration module of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 and chemical soaking the membrane filtration module. Referring first to FIG. 50, a fluid flow path 5000 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. The fluid flow path 5000 may be provided in the form of a first sub-fluid flow path 5002 provided from the first chemical feed tank 1210a, a second sub-fluid flow path 5004 provided from the second chemical feed tank 1210b, and a third sub-fluid flow path 5006 provided from the swimming pool 110.

The first sub-fluid flow path 5002 may provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 from the first chemical feed tank 1210a to the second filtration stage outlet conduit 4026. Similarly, the second sub-fluid flow path 5004 may provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 from the second chemical feed tank 1210b to the second filtration stage outlet conduit 4026. Each of the first and second sub-fluid flow paths 5002, 5004 may be provided with a dosing mechanism 5008. The dosing mechanism 5008 may be designed to meter, dose, or provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the second filtration stage 3920. In various instances, the dosing mechanism 5008 may be provided in the form of a dosing pump (e.g., a standalone pump such as a peristaltic pump, the variable speed pump 122 of FIG. 1, the booster pump 123 of FIG. 1), a valve, or any other similar device. The dosing mechanism 5008 may be in fluid communication with the central controller 150 of FIG. 1. In such instances, the central controller 150 may determine an amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to provide to the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 and actuate the dosing mechanism 5008 to provide the amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212.

The first and second chemical feed tanks 1210a, 1210b may be provided with the same chemical cleaning agent 1212 or with different chemical cleaning agents 1212. The chemical cleaning agent(s) 1212 provided in the first and second chemical feed tanks 1210a, 1210b may be any of the chemical agents discussed herein (e.g., the chemical cleaning agent 1212 discussed with respect to FIGS. 12-20C). In addition, the central controller 150 may determine whether to provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 via any of the processes and methods discussed with respect to FIGS. 65-77. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine whether to provide the chemical cleaning agent 1212 from the first chemical feed tank 1210a, the second chemical feed tank 1210b, or both the first and second chemical feed tanks 1210a, 1210b.

Referring again to FIG. 50, the fluid flow path 5000 may be substantially similar to the fluid flow path 4200 described with reference to FIG. 42 except that the chemical cleaning agent 1212 is introduced to the processed fluid. More particularly, like the fluid flow path 4200, water from the swimming pool 110 may follow the third sub-fluid flow path 5006 to generate a processed fluid from the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d. Unlike the fluid flow path 4200, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be provided to the second filtration stage outlet conduit 4026 via at least one of the first and second sub-fluid flow paths 5002, 5004. Once the chemical cleaning agent 1212 has been dosed or provided to the processed fluid flowing through the second filtration stage outlet conduit 4026, the processed fluid may then flow through the first two-way valve 4010a, through the one or more membrane outlet conduits 4230, and to the second filtration stage 3920. Similar to the fluid flow path 4200, once the processed fluid and the chemical cleaning agent 1212 flow through the first membrane filtration module 3954a, the fluid containing the unreacted chemical cleaning agent 1212 may exit the first filtration module and flow to the waste system 4034 in substantially the same manner as described for the backwashing fluid with reference to FIG. 42.

In some instances, the flow rate of fluid through the hybrid filter assembly 3900 may be reduced during the chemical cleaning described with respect to FIG. 50. For example, the central controller 150 may direct the pump 3980 to run at a low flow rate (e.g., a flow rate of no more than about 30 gallons per minute or no more than about 110 liters per minute). In certain instances, the flow rate may be imparted with a value falling within the range of about 40 liters per minute to about 130 liters per minute, although the flow rate may be somewhat less or even greater than these values.

Turning next to FIG. 51, a fluid flow path 5100 is represented by bold arrows overlaid on the one or more conduits 3370. The fluid flow path 5100 may be utilized when one or more of the membrane filtration modules 3954 are soaked with the chemical cleaning agent(s) 1212 provided from one or both of the first and second chemical feed tanks 1210a, 1210b. The fluid flow path 5100 may be similar to the fluid flow path 4100 described with reference to FIG. 41 except that the first membrane filtration module 3954a is bypassed and does not provide processed water to the swimming pool 110. As the first membrane filtration module 3954a is bypassed, the chemical cleaning agent(s) 1212 may soak the interior components (e.g., the membrane) of the first membrane filtration module 3954a. In certain instances, the first membrane filtration module 3954a may be isolated or bypassed by arranging the first two-way valve 4010a and the first three-way valve 4014a in a closed configuration.

The one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 may be soaked for a predetermined time. In some instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 may be soaked between about 1 hour to about 24 hours (or 1 hour to 24 hours), although the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 may also be soaked for less time or more time than described herein. For example, the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 can be soaked between about 2 hours to about 4 hours (or between 2 hours to 4 hours). As yet another example, the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 can be soaked for about 3 hours to about 6 hours (or for 3 hours to 6 hours). For example, the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 can be soaked between 1 hour to 5 hours (or between 1 hour to 5 hours). In further cases, the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 can be soaked for at least about 30 minutes, or at least about 1 hour, or at least about 2 hours, or at least about 3 hours, or at least about 4 hours, or at least about 5 hours, or at least about 6 hours, or at least about 7 hours, or at least about 8 hours, or at least about 9 hours, or at least about 10 hours, or at least about 11 hours, or at least about 12 hours, or at least about 13 hours, or at least about 14 hours, or at least about 15 hours, or at least about 16 hours, or at least about 17 hours, or at least about 18 hours, or at least about 19 hours, or at least about 20 hours, or at least about 21 hours, or at least about 22 hours, or at least about 23 hours, or at least about 24 hours. In other cases, the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 can be soaked for at least 30 minutes, or at least 1 hour, or at least 2 hours, or at least 3 hours, or at least 4 hours, or at least 5 hours, or at least 6 hours, or at least 7 hours, or at least 8 hours, or at least 9 hours, or at least 10 hours, or at least 11 hours, or at least 12 hours, or at least 13 hours, or at least 14 hours, or at least 15 hours, or at least 16 hours, or at least 17 hours, or at least 18 hours, or at least 19 hours, or at least 20 hours, or at least 21 hours, or at least 22 hours, or at least 23 hours, or at least 24 hours. In some instances, the predetermined time that one or more components of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 may be soaked with the chemical cleaning agent(s) 1212 may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single predetermined time, the central controller 150 may utilize a predetermined range of times that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. After the predetermined time has elapsed, the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 into the configurations described with reference to FIG. 50 (i.e., placing the first two-way valve 4010a in the open configuration and the first three-way valve 4014a in the backwash configuration).

It is to be understood that additional or fewer chemical cleaning tanks 1210 may be provided and implemented in the fluid flow paths 5000, 5100 described with reference to FIGS. 50 and 51. Furthermore, although the fluid flow paths 5000, 5100 only provide a chemical cleaning and soaking of the first membrane filtration module 3954a, additional membrane modules or alternative membrane modules may be chemically cleaned in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIGS. 50 and 51. For example, to provide the chemical cleaning agent(s) 1212 to at least one of the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d, one or more of the second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b, 4014c, 4014d may be arranged in the backwash configuration. As another example, at least one of the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 3954b, 3954c, 3954d may be fluidly isolated or bypassed after being provided with a chemical cleaning agent 1212 to effectuate the chemical soaking process. As an additional example, the first three-way valve 4014a may be arranged in the open configuration while at least one of the second, third, and fourth three-way valves 4014b, 4014c, 4014d are arranged in the backwash configuration.

It is to be further understood that the central controller 150 may direct actuation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to implement the fluid flow paths 5000, 5100, and any variations thereof, described with reference to FIGS. 50 and 51. In addition, the central controller 150 may determine which of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 to target for chemical cleaning in a manner consistent with the teachings of FIGS. 65-77 (e.g., via a determination of the permeability values of each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954).

In some instances, as described above, the one or more membrane module valves 4000 of FIGS. 40-51 are communicatively coupled to the central controller 150 of FIG. 1. Thus, the orientation of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 can be based on one or more system parameters of the hybrid filter assembly 3900. For example, the central controller 150 may direct the one or more membrane module valves 4000 to operate in an open configuration, a closed configuration, a backwash configuration, a bypass configuration and/or a partially open configuration. The system parameters used by the central controller 150 to determine the operational state of the one or more membrane module valves 4000 may include at least one of an overall filter permeability value of the hybrid filter assembly 3900, an individual membrane filtration module permeability value determined for at least one of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954, a flow rate into and/or out of the hybrid filter assembly 3900, the inlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly 3900, the outlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly 3900, and other similar system parameters. In some instances, the overall filter permeability value, the flow rate in and/or out of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the inlet pressure, and the outlet pressure can be determined as discussed in relation to FIGS. 65, 78 and 79. Additionally, in some instances, an individual membrane filtration module permeability value can be determined by isolating a membrane filtration module of the one or more membrane filtration modules 3954 and determining the permeability value for the isolated filtration module according to the method described with reference to FIG. 65.

It is to be further understood that the fluid flow paths 4100-5100 (and/or variations thereof) may be implemented in any of the hybrid filter assemblies discussed herein. For example, the fluid flow paths 4100-5100 may be implemented in the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 discussed with reference to, for example, FIGS. 2-11, 21-26C, and 39.

Together, FIGS. 52 and 53 illustrate the filtration module valve system 5200 designed to direct flow to one or more membrane filtration modules (e.g., the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d) of the hybrid filter assembly 200 during a cleaning procedure (e.g., a backwash or a chemical cleaning). The filtration module valve system 5200 may be positioned in the lower housing 230 of the hybrid filter assembly 200, although the filtration module valve system 5200 may also be positioned elsewhere in the filtration vessel 210. As best shown in FIG. 53, the filtration module valve system 5200 may be coupled to the outlet port 280b and module outlets 5220a-5220d associated with each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d, respectively. In certain instances, the module outlets 5220a-5220d may each be provided in the form of the module outlet 680, as shown in FIGS. 6B and 7B.

Referring again to FIG. 53, the filtration module valve system 5200 can include one or more membrane filtration module valves designed to selectively direct the flow of fluid into and/or out of the second filtration stage 320. The one or more membrane filtration module valves may be provided in the form of an actuated mechanical valve, such as a ball valve, a gate valve, or a solenoid in-line valve, although other types of valves may also be used. In some instances, the one or more membrane filtration module valves may include a first membrane filtration module valve that is positioned proximate or adjacent to the outlet port 280b of the hybrid filter assembly 200. In such instances, the first membrane filtration module valve may control fluid flow to the second filtration stage 320 as a whole. In other instances, the one or more membrane filtration module valves may include a first membrane filtration module valve, a second membrane filtration module valve, a third membrane filtration module valve, and a fourth membrane filtration module valve. Each of the first, second, third, and fourth membrane filtration module valves may be associated with one of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. Thus, the flow into and/or out of each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be individually controlled via actuation of the first, second, third, and fourth membrane filtration module valves. Accordingly, in some instances, the membrane filtration module valves may function as control valves designed to limit flow into and/or out of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d and/or isolate one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d from the remainder of the hybrid filter assembly 200.

In some instances, the one or more membrane filtration module valves are communicatively coupled to the central controller 150 of FIG. 1. Thus, the orientation of the membrane filtration module valves can be based on one or more system parameters of the hybrid filter assembly 200. For example, the central controller 150 may direct the one or more membrane filtration module valves to operate in an open configuration, a closed configuration, and/or a partially open configuration. The system parameters used by the central controller 150 to determine the operational state of the one or more membrane filtration module valves may include at least one of an overall filter permeability value of the hybrid filter assembly 200, an individual membrane filtration module permeability value, a flow rate into and/or out of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the inlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the outlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly 200, and the like. The overall filter permeability value, the flow rate in and/or out of the hybrid filter assembly 200, the inlet pressure, and the outlet pressure can be determined as discussed in relation to FIGS. 65, 78 and 79. Additionally, in some instances, an individual membrane filtration module permeability value can be determined by isolating one of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d and determining the permeability value for the isolated filtration module according to the method described with reference to FIG. 65.

Referring again to FIG. 53, in some instances, a meter 5300 may be in fluid communication with the outlet line 1230 of the hybrid filter assembly 200. The meter 5300 may be designed to determine a value of a flow rate and/or a water pressure at or near the outlet port 280b. The meter 5300 may also be communicatively coupled to the central controller 150 of FIG. 1. Thus, in some instances, the meter 5300 can determine one or more of the operating parameters of the hybrid filter assembly 200, which in turn may be used by the central controller 150 in determining whether to operate the hybrid filter assembly 200 in the filtration mode, the cleaning mode, the bypass mode, and/or any other operational mode discussed herein.

The filtration module valve system 5200 may be actuated by the central controller 150 to initiate a targeted cleaning operation. The targeted cleaning operation may be designed to clean one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d (e.g., a single filtration module, a subset of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d). The targeted cleaning operation may be initiated when the central controller 150 determines that a single and/or a subset of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d requires cleaning. The targeted cleaning operation may be substantially similar to the general cleaning operations (e.g., the backwash operation and the chemical cleaning operation) described with reference to, for example, FIGS. 12-20C, 26B-26D, and 65-77. However, during the targeted cleaning operation, the configuration of one or more of the membrane filtration module valves may be changed such that not all of the membrane filtration modules are cleaned and/or the membrane filtration modules are cleaned differently. For example, during the targeted cleaning procedure, the flow rate of fluid through one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be adjusted to compensate for different fouling levels in the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. As an additional example, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 (see, e.g., FIG. 12) may only be provided to a single membrane filtration module or a subset of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d.

In a targeted cleaning operation designed to clean a single membrane filtration module, such as the first membrane filtration module 510a, the second, third, fourth membrane filtration module valves that control flow into and out of the membrane filtration modules 510b-510d may reduce or substantially eliminate fluid flow to the membrane filtration modules 510b-510d. Thus, more of the backwashing fluid and/or chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be provided to the first membrane filtration module 510a, thereby facilitating a more effective cleaning of the first membrane filtration module 510a. Similarly, the targeted cleaning operation can be carried out to target two or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d (e.g., the first membrane filtration module 510a and the third membrane filtration module 510c) by adjusting the one or more membrane filtration module valves accordingly. Alternatively, as described with reference to FIG. 50, a single membrane filtration module may be targeted for cleaning while the remaining membrane filtration modules continue to process fluid from the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 in order to provide the targeted filtration module with filtered water during the chemical cleaning process. In addition, any of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may undergo a targeted cleaning procedure similar to those described with reference to FIGS. 42, 43, 45, 46, and 48-51.

Referring again to FIGS. 52 and 53, in some instances, the targeted cleaning operation is initiated when the central controller 150 determines that one or more of the determined system operating parameters is above or below a desired value or threshold range. For example, the central controller 150 can initiate the targeted cleaning procedure when the central controller 150 determines that the media differential pressure is greater than a threshold differential pressure value (e.g., as described with reference to FIGS. 65 and 69). In other instances, the targeted cleaning operation can be initiated based on a predetermined cleaning schedule (see, e.g., FIGS. 70 and 71). In yet other instances, the targeted cleaning procedure may be manually implemented.

In some instances, the targeted cleaning operation can be designed to target a particular membrane filtration module or a subset of the one or more membrane filtration modules based on the determined system operating parameters. For example, the first membrane filtration module 510a can be targeted when the central controller 150 determines that the first membrane filtration module 510a is more fouled and/or operating less efficiently than the remaining membrane filtration modules 510b-510d. In other instances, the membrane filtration modules may be targeted for cleaning based on a predetermined schedule. For example, the central controller 150 may be designed to cycle through a targeted cleaning operation for each membrane filtration module of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d on a preset schedule. For instance, the first membrane filtration module 510a can be set for a targeted cleaning operation at approximately the same time every week regardless of the determined system parameters. As an additional example, the first membrane filtration module 510a may be cleaned on a first predetermined schedule, the second membrane filtration module 510b may be cleaned on a second predetermined schedule, the third membrane filtration module 510c may be cleaned on a third predetermined schedule, and the fourth membrane filtration module 510d may be cleaned on a fourth predetermined schedule. In some instances, each of the first, second, third, and fourth predetermined schedules may be the same. Alternatively, the first, second, third, and fourth predetermined schedules may be different. In some instances, a cleaning schedule may be set or modified by hours, days, months as determined by the season, weather patterns, geographical considerations, or other considerations.

In certain instances, the filtration module valve system 5200 may be used to carry out a filtration operation instead of carrying out a targeted cleaning procedure. For example, the filtration module valve system 5200 may facilitate a filtration operation using a single membrane filtration module or a subset of membrane filtration modules of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. The filtration module valve system 5200 may be actuated by the central controller to carry out filtration operations similar to those described with reference to FIGS. 41, 44, and 47.

Referring next to FIGS. 54 and 55, alternative implementations of a filtration module valve system (i.e., a filtration module valve system 5400 and a filtration module valve system 5500) are provided in the hybrid filter assembly 200. The filtration module valve systems 5400, 5500 may have substantially the same functionality as the filtration module valve system 5200. For example, the filtration module valve systems 5400, 5500 may be designed to fluidly isolate one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d for a targeted cleaning procedure (e.g., a targeted backwash procedure, a targeted chemical cleaning procedure). Unlike the filtration module valve system 5200, the filtration module valve systems 5400, 5500 may be provided in the form of a rotatable shaft coupled to at least one isolation valve and an actuator.

Turning first to FIG. 54, the filtration module valve system 5400 is provided in the form of a rotatable shaft 5402 coupled to one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 and an actuator 5406. Together, the rotatable shaft 5402 and the actuator 5406 may be designed to alter the configuration of the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 (e.g., by placing the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 in an open configuration or a closed configuration).

The rotatable shaft 5402 may be coupled to or otherwise in communication with the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404. The rotatable shaft 5402 may extend from an interior 5407 of the filtration vessel 210 and to an area outside of the filtration vessel 210. More particularly, the rotatable shaft 5402 and the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 may be disposed in a bottom portion 5408 of the filtration vessel 210. Alternatively, the rotatable shaft 5402 and the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 may also be positioned elsewhere in the filtration vessel 210. For example, as shown in FIG. 55, the rotatable shaft 5402 may be arranged in and extend through a top portion 5502 of the filtration vessel 210 instead of the bottom portion 5408 of the filtration vessel 210. In each implementation shown in FIGS. 54 and 55, the rotatable shaft 5402 may be in communication with the actuator 5406. The actuator 5406 may be designed to rotate the rotatable shaft 5402 to actuate the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 into the open configuration or the closed configuration.

As shown in FIG. 54, the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 is provided in the form of a first five-way valve 5410, although the one or more membrane module isolation valves may also be provided in other forms (e.g., a two-way valve, a three-way valve, a six-way valve, etc.). In certain instances, the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 may be provided as a mechanically actuatable valve that may be actuated into various configurations. For example, the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 may be provided in the form of a rotary valve, a ball valve, a gate valve, a directional control valve, or other similar valves designed to control fluid flow through conduits. In certain cases, the first five-way valve 5410 may be provided as the five-way valve 6000 as shown and described with reference to FIG. 60. The first five-way valve 5410 may be in fluid communication with the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d such that fluid may be selectively provided to each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d.

The one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 (e.g., the first five-way valve 5410) may be designed to selectively provide fluid to each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. For example, similar to the membrane filtration module valves discussed with reference to FIGS. 52 and 53, the one or more membrane module isolation valves 5404 may be actuated by the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 to initiate a targeted cleaning operation. In such instances, the central controller 150 may direct the actuator 5406 to rotate the rotatable shaft 5402 to change the operational configuration of the first five-way valve 5410. By changing the operational configuration of the first five-way valve 5410, one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be fluidly isolated from the remaining components of the hybrid filter assembly 200 and/or one or more of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may undergo a cleaning procedure. For example, the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may undergo a targeted cleaning procedure such as those described with reference to FIGS. 42, 43, 45, 46, and 48-51.

In certain instances, the filtration module valve system 5400 may be actuated to initiate a filtration operation instead of carrying out a targeted cleaning procedure. For example, the filtration module valve system 5400 may facilitate a filtration operation that uses a single membrane filtration module or a subset of membrane filtration modules of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. The filtration module valve system 5400 may be actuated by the central controller to carry out filtration operations similar to those described with reference to FIGS. 41, 44, and 47.

In alternative instances of the filtration module valve system 5400, each of the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be in fluid communication with a two-way valve. In such instances, the rotatable shaft 5402 may be in communication with each of the two-way valves associated with the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d. In turn, the membrane filtration modules 510a-510d may be fluidly isolated from the remaining components of the hybrid filter assembly 200 by arranging the two-way valves in a closed configuration. For example, the first membrane filtration module 510a may be fluidly isolated by placing a first two-way valve in a closed configuration, the second membrane filtration module 510b may be fluidly isolated by placing a second two-way valve in a closed configuration, the third membrane filtration module 510c may be fluidly isolated by placing a third two-way valve in a closed configuration, and the fourth membrane filtration module 510d may be fluidly isolated by placing a fourth two-way valve in a closed configuration. Other potential implementations of the filtration module valve system 5400 not explicitly described herein are also understood to be within the scope of this disclosure.

Turning next to FIG. 55, the filtration module valve system 5500 may be substantially similar in structure and function to the filtration module valve system 5400. However, unlike the filtration module valve system 5400, the rotatable shaft 5402 of the filtration module valve system 5500 may be positioned in and extend above a top portion of the filtration vessel 210.

While the filtration module valve systems 5200, 5400, 5500 have been described with reference to the hybrid filter assembly 200, it is to be understood that the filtration module valve systems 5200, 5400, 5500 (or variations thereof) may be implemented into any of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein.

FIGS. 56-60 and 64 provide alternative implementations of a second filtration stage (i.e., a second filtration stage 5620) that may be utilized in any of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein. In some instances, membrane filtration modules of the second filtration stage of FIGS. 56-60 and 64 may be provided in an enclosure that is separate from the vessel housing a first filtration stage, although the membrane filtration modules may also be provided in the same vessel as the first filtration stage. In addition, the second filtration stage may be provided as a component of the filter 124 of FIG. 1.

The second filtration stage 5620 of FIGS. 56-60 and 64 may be imparted with substantially the same functionality and many of the same design characteristics as the second filtration stages 320, 2120, 3920 of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900. In addition, components having similar names and/or numbers in the second filtration stage 5620 may have similar structure and function as the components described with reference to the second filtration stages 320, 2120, 3920 of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900. For example, similar to the second filtration stages 320, 2120, 3920, the second filtration stage 5620 may be provided in the form of one or more membrane filtration stages. In addition, like the second filtration stages 320, 2120, 3920, the second filtration stage 5620 may be operated in a normal operational mode (e.g., a filtration mode), a chemical cleaning mode, a backwash mode, a bypass mode, and/or any other operational mode described herein. However, unlike the second filtration stages 320, 2120, 3920, conduits coupling the membrane filtration stages of the second filtration stage 5620 may be alternatively arranged as compared to the conduits of the second filtration stages 320, 2120, 3920.

Turning to FIG. 56, the second filtration stage 5620 is provided in the form of an enclosure 5630 designed to retain one or more membrane filtration modules 5654. The enclosure 5630 may surround and enclose the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 and may be imparted with a substantially rectangular prism-like shape including four sidewalls 5632a-5632d, although the enclosure 5630 may also be provided in other shapes and forms. In some instances, the enclosure 5630 may be omitted. The one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may be arranged in a parallel configuration, although the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may also be alternatively arranged. The one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may be designed to process or filter fluid provided from a first filtration stage (not shown), although the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may also process water directly from the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. The one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may include a first membrane filtration module 5654a, a second membrane filtration module 5654b, a third membrane filtration module 5654c, and a fourth membrane filtration module 5654d, although additional or fewer membrane filtration modules may also be provided (e.g., see FIG. 64). In certain instances, the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may be provided in the form of the membrane filtration modules 510 discussed with reference to FIGS. 5A and 5B or the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 discussed with reference to FIGS. 21-25.

The second filtration stage 5620 may include one or more conduits designed to place the components of the second filtration stage 5620 into fluid communication with each other, the first filtration stage, and the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1. More particularly, the second filtration stage 5620 may include at least one module inlet port 5660, at least one module outlet port 5665, a second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670, and a second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680. Each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may be in fluid communication with the at least one module inlet port 5660 and the at least one module outlet port 5665.

The at least one module inlet port 5660 may be designed to place the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 into fluid communication with the second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670. In certain instances, the at least one module inlet port 5660 may include a first module inlet port 5660a in fluid communication with the first membrane filtration module 5654a, a second module inlet port 5660b in fluid communication with the second membrane filtration module 5654b, a third module inlet port 5660c in fluid communication with the third membrane filtration module 5654c, and a fourth module inlet port 5660d in fluid communication with the fourth membrane filtration module 5654d. Alternatively, a single module inlet port may be designed to place more than one membrane filtration module into fluid communication with the second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670.

The at least one module outlet port 5665 may be designed to place the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 into fluid communication with the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680. In certain instances, the at least one module outlet port 5665 may include a first module outlet port that is in fluid communication with the first membrane filtration module 5654a, a second module outlet port that is in fluid communication with the second membrane filtration module 5654b, a third module outlet port that is in fluid communication with the third membrane filtration module 5654c, and a fourth module outlet port that is in fluid communication with the fourth membrane filtration module 5654d. Alternatively, a single module outlet port may be designed to place more than one membrane filtration module into fluid communication with the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680.

The second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670 may be designed to place the second filtration stage 5620 into fluid communication with the first filtration stage or the aquatic application 100. In addition, the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680 may be designed to place the second filtration stage 5620 into fluid communication with a waste system (not shown) or the aquatic application 100. The second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670 and the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680 may each extend through the sidewall 5632a of the enclosure 5630, as shown in FIG. 56. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 59, the second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670 and the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680 may each extend through the sidewall 5632b of the enclosure 5630. In addition, the second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670 and the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680 may each extend through either of the sidewalls 5632c, 5632d. In addition, the second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670 and the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680 may each extend through different sidewalls 5632a-5632d rather than the same sidewalls 5632a-5632d as shown in FIGS. 56 and 59.

In some instances, a filtration module valve system 5690 may be associated with the second filtration stage 5620. Similar to the one or more membrane module valves 2300 and filtration module valve systems 5200, 5400, 5500 described with respect to FIGS. 23 and 52-55, the filtration module valve system 5690 may be designed to fluidly isolate a single membrane filtration module or a subset of membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654. For example, as shown in FIG. 56, the filtration module valve system 5690 may be provided in the form of a first isolation valve 5690a, a second isolation valve 5690b, a third isolation valve 5690c, and/or a fourth isolation valve 5690d that are associated with the first membrane filtration module 5654a, the second membrane filtration module 5654b, the third membrane filtration module 5654c, and the fourth membrane filtration module 5654d, respectively. As an additional example, the filtration module valve system 5690 may be provided in the form of a five-way valve (e.g., the five-way valve 6000) as further described with reference to FIG. 60. In instances in which a five-way valve (e.g., the five-way valve) is used to fluidly isolate a single membrane filtration module or a subset of membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654, the five-way valve may be positioned at a junction 5992 (see FIG. 59) that is upstream of the at least one module inlet port 5660. Alternatively, or in addition, the five-way valve may be positioned downstream of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 (e.g., in fluid communication with the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680) or elsewhere in the second filtration stage 5620. In certain cases, the second filtration stage 5620 may be provided with two-way valves, three-way valves, six-way valves, or any other valve described herein designed to fluidly isolate components of the second filtration stage of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein.

Turning to FIG. 57, the first membrane filtration module 5654a may further include a housing 5710 coupled to a top endcap 5720 and a bottom endcap 5730. The top endcap 5720 and the bottom endcap 5730 may be positioned on opposite ends of the housing 5710. The top endcap 5720 may be designed to place an interior 5740 of the first membrane filtration module 5654a into fluid communication with the second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670, and the bottom endcap 5730 may be designed to place the interior 5740 into fluid communication with the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680. The interior 5740 of the housing 5710 may also include a membrane 5750 that substantially surrounds a permeate pipe 5760 that extends from the top endcap 5720 to the bottom endcap 5730. In some instances, each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654, including the first membrane filtration module 5654a, may be provided in the form of the membrane filtration module 600 described with reference to FIGS. 6A-7B. In addition, the membrane 5750 may be provided in the form of the membrane 650 as described with reference to FIG. 6B. In yet other instances, each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may be provided in the form of any of the membrane filtration modules, and variations thereof, described with reference to the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900. In addition, it is to be understood that while only the structural components of the first membrane filtration module 5654a are described with reference to FIG. 57, the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 5654b, 5654c, 5654d may be provided in a substantially similar form as the first membrane filtration module 5654a. Alternatively, the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 5654b, 5654c, 5654d may be provided in a different form from that shown for the first membrane filtration module 5654a.

Turning to FIG. 58, a fluid flow path 5800 is provided. The fluid flow path 5800, as represented by the arrows drawn onto the second filtration stage 5620, illustrates fluid flow through the first membrane filtration module 5654a when the second filtration stage 5620 operates in the filtration mode. In some instances, the fluid flow path 5800 may be substantially similar to the second flow path 820 of FIG. 8B, except that fluid may enter the first membrane filtration module 5654a via the top endcap 5720 in the fluid flow path 5800 instead of the bottom endcap 630 as in the second flow path 820. For example, when the second filtration stage 5620 operates in the filtration mode, fluid may be provided from the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 and to the second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670. Then, the fluid may flow through the first module inlet port 5660a and into the interior 5740 of the first membrane filtration module 5654a for processing. In the first membrane filtration module 5654a, the fluid may pass through the membrane 5750 and into the permeate pipe 5760. Once the fluid enters the permeate pipe 5760, the fluid may flow downwardly through the permeate pipe 5760 and exit from the first membrane filtration module 5654a via the bottom endcap 5730. After exiting the first membrane filtration module 5654a, the fluid may be provided to the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680.

When the second filtration stage 5620 operates in a backwash mode, the fluid flow path through the first membrane filtration module 5654a may be substantially reversed as compared to the fluid flow path 5800. For example, during the backwash mode, fluid may flow through the first membrane filtration module 5654a in a manner similar to that described with reference to FIG. 10, except that the backwashing fluid may exit the first membrane filtration module 5654a via the top endcap 5720 after backwashing the interior 5740. In addition, when the second filtration stage 5620 operates in the chemical cleaning mode, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be provided to and flushed from the first membrane filtration module 5654a in any of the manners described with reference to FIGS. 12-20C, 26A-26C, 50, and 51. In such instances, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be introduced to and/or flushed from the first membrane filtration module 5654a via the top endcap 5720, the bottom endcap 5730, or in any other manner consistent with the teachings herein. It is to be understood that while fluid flow paths (e.g., the fluid flow path 5800) has been described and illustrated with reference to the first membrane filtration module 5654a in FIG. 58, the fluid flow paths through the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 5654b, 5654c, 5654d may be substantially similar to those fluid flow paths described with reference to the first membrane filtration module 5654a. Alternatively, the fluid flow paths through the second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 5654b, 5654c, 5654d may differ from the fluid flow paths described with respect to the first membrane filtration module 5654a.

Turning to FIGS. 60-63, the five-way valve 6000 is further illustrated. The five-way valve 6000 may include a body 6055 coupled to or in fluid communication with one or more ports, e.g., a first port 6010, a second port 6020, a third port 6030, a fourth port 6040, and a fifth port 6050. The body 6055 may house or be provided with an actuator 6060 that can selectively open and close the one or more ports coupled to or in fluid communication with the body 6055. For example, the actuator 6060 may be provided in the form of electrical coils configured to actuate plungers or similar devices to open and close ports the 6010-6050. As an additional example, the actuator 6060 may be provided with a motor designed to rotate one or more balls, butterflies, and plugs to open and close the ports 6010-6050. Thus, the five-way valve 6000 may be designed to control the flow of fluid into and/or out of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 (e.g., see FIG. 56). In addition, the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may direct actuation of the five-way valve 6000 (e.g., by placing various ports into an open configuration or a closed configuration) to help effectuate the various operational modes of the second filtration stage 5620 (e.g., the filtration mode, the cleaning mode, the targeted cleaning procedures) described herein.

Referring again to FIG. 60, the ports provided with the five-way valve 6000 may be designed to place various components of the five-way valve 6000 into fluid communication with the first filtration stage, the second filtration stage outlet conduit, and one or more membrane filtration modules. For example, the first port 6010 may be designed to place the five-way valve in fluid communication with the first filtration stage (not shown) associated with the second filtration stage 5620. Alternatively, the first port 6010 may be designed to place the five-way valve 6000 in fluid communication with the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680 (see FIG. 56). As an additional example, the second, third, fourth, and fifth ports 6020, 6030, 6040, and 6050 may each be designed to place the five-way valve 6000 into fluid communication with the first, second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 5654a, 5654b, 5654c, 5654d of FIG. 56, respectively.

FIGS. 61-63 schematically illustrate the five-way valve 6000 in various operational configurations, showing instances in which certain membrane filtration modules are fluidly isolated from other components of the second filtration stage 5620 of FIG. 56. In various instances, the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 may direct the five-way valve 6000 to enter into the various operational configurations described herein. To begin, FIG. 61 provides the five-way valve 6000 in a first operational configuration 6100 in which the first, second, third, and fourth ports 6010, 6020, 6030, 6040 are open and the fifth port 6050 is closed. Thus, in the first operational configuration 6100, fluid is allowed to flow into the five-way valve 6000 and to the first, second, and third membrane filtration modules 5654a, 5654b, 5654c. In addition, in the first operational configuration 6100, the fourth membrane filtration module 5654d is fluidly isolated from the first, second, and third membrane filtration modules 5654a, 5654b, 5654c and the other components of the second filtration stage 5620. In some instances, when the five-way valve 6000 is in the first operational configuration 6100, the first, second, and third membrane filtration modules 5654a, 5654b, 5654c may be filtering fluid provided from the first filtration stage while the fourth membrane filtration module 5654d is undergoing a chemical cleaning or soaking process. In certain instances, when the five-way valve 6000 is in the first operational configuration 6100, the first, second, and third membrane filtration modules 5654a, 5654b, 5654c may be processing water from the first filtration stage and providing the water to the fourth membrane filtration module 5654d to carry out a backwashing process. In some cases, when the five-way valve 6000 is in the first operational configuration 6100, the fourth membrane filtration module 5654d may be offline while the first, second, and third membrane filtration modules 5654a, 5654b, 5654c are operational (e.g., operating in the filtration mode, the cleaning mode, or any of the other operational modes disclosed herein).

Turning next to FIG. 62, the five-way valve 6000 is arranged in a second operational configuration 6200 in which the first, third, and fourth ports 6010, 6030, 6040 are open and the second and fifth ports 6020, 6050 are closed. Thus, the second operational configuration 6200 is similar to the first operational configuration 6100, except that additional membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 are fluidly isolated from the other components of the second filtration stage 5620. For example, in the second operational configuration 6200, two membrane filtration modules (i.e., the second and third membrane filtration modules 5654b, 5654c) are online while two membrane filtration modules (i.e., the first and fourth membrane filtration modules 5654a, 5654d) are fluidly isolated. In comparison, in FIG. 63, the five-way valve 6000 is arranged in a third operational configuration 6300 in which the first and fourth ports 6010, 6040 are open while the second, third, and fifth ports 6020, 6030, 6050 are closed. Thus, the third operational configuration 6300 is similar to the first and second operational configurations 6100, 6200 except that additional membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 are fluidly isolated from the other components of the second filtration stage 5620. For example, in the third operational configuration 6300, the first, second, and fourth membrane filtration modules 5654a, 5654b, 5654d are fluidly isolated from the other components of the second filtration stage 5620 while the third membrane filtration module 5654c remains online.

It is to be understood that although FIGS. 61-63 provide illustrative examples of operational configurations of the five-way valve 6000, the five-way valve 6000 is designed to achieve other operational configurations associated with fluidly isolating one, two, three, four, or no membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 from the other components of the second filtration stage 5620.

Turning to FIG. 64, an implementation of the second filtration stage 5620 that includes eight membrane filtration modules is provided. More particularly, in addition to the first, second, third, and fourth membrane filtration modules 5654a, 5654b, 5654c, 5654d, the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may include a fifth membrane filtration module 5654e, a sixth membrane filtration module 5654f, a seventh membrane filtration module 5654g, and an eighth membrane filtration module 5654h. As shown, the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 are arranged in parallel, although the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may also be arranged in other manners (e.g., in series and in parallel). When the second filtration stage 5620 operates in the filtration mode, water from the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1 may be provided to the second filtration stage 5620 via the second filtration stage inlet conduit 5670 and the processed fluid may exit the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680. Furthermore, each of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654 may be in fluid communication with a module inlet port (e.g., module inlet ports 5660a-5660h, as shown). The five-way valve 6000 may also be arranged in the first configuration during other operational modes.

In certain instances, the filtration module valve system 5690 associated with the second filtration stage 5620 may be designed to selectively provide fluid to the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654. For example, similar to the filtration module valve system 5200 discussed with reference to FIGS. 52 and 53, the filtration module valve system 5690 may be actuated by the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 to initiate a targeted cleaning operation. For example, the filtration module valve system 5690 may be actuated such that the membrane filtration modules 5654a-5654h may undergo a targeted cleaning procedure, such as those procedures described with reference to FIGS. 42, 43, 45, 46, and 48-51.

In certain instances, instead of carrying out a targeted cleaning procedure, the filtration module valve system 5690 may be actuated to initiate a filtration operation that uses a single membrane filtration module or a subset of membrane filtration modules of the membrane filtration modules 5654a-5654h. For example, the filtration module valve system 5690 may be actuated by the central controller to carry out filtration operations similar to those described with reference to FIGS. 41, 44, and 47

Referring again to FIG. 64, the filtration module valve system 5690 may isolate a single membrane filtration module or a subset of membrane filtration modules of the one or more membrane filtration modules 5654. For example, an isolation valve may be in fluid communication with each of the module inlet ports 5660a-5660h such that each of the membrane filtration modules 5654a-5654h may be fluidly isolated from the remaining components of the second filtration stage 5620. As an additional example, an isolation valve may be in fluid communication with each of the module outlet ports of the membrane filtration modules 5654a-5654h. As yet another example, a three-way valve may be provided at a junction 6400 positioned between the membrane filtration modules 5654a-5654d and the membrane filtration modules 5654e-5654h. In this instance, the three-way valve may be designed to fluidly isolate a first subset of the membrane filtration modules (i.e., the membrane filtration modules 5654a-5654d) from a second subset of the membrane filtration modules (i.e., the membrane filtration modules 5654e-5654h). Similarly, a three-way valve may be positioned at a junction 6402 associated with the second filtration stage outlet conduit 5680 and may be designed to fluidly isolate the first subset of the membrane filtration modules (i.e., the membrane filtration modules 5654a-5654d) from the second subset of the membrane filtration modules (i.e., the membrane filtration modules 5654e-5654h). As another example, a five-way valve (e.g., the five-way valve 6000 of FIG. 60) may be positioned at a junction 6404 and/or a junction 6406 such one or more of the membrane filtration modules 5654a-5654d may be fluidly isolated from the other components of the second filtration stage 5620. Similarly, a five-way valve (e.g., the five-way valve 6000) may be positioned at a junction 6408 and/or a junction 6410 such that one or more of the membrane filtration modules 5654a-5654d may be fluidly isolated from the other components of the second filtration stage 5620.

In yet another example, one or more of the valves and/or components of the above-described hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 can be communicatively coupled to the central controller 150 of FIG. 1. The central controller 150 can implement a number of different methods and processes to effectuate different operational conditions and functions of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 (e.g., a filtration mode, a backwash mode, a chemical cleaning mode, a bypass mode, a targeted cleaning mode) described with reference to FIGS. 12-20, 33A-33E, 35-37, 31-41, and 65-77. For example, the chemical cleaning systems 1200-2000 of FIGS. 12-20 and the chemical cleaning systems 2600, 2620, 2640 of FIGS. 26A-26C, respectively, can be automated. As an additional example, the central controller 150 may effectuate the operational conditions (e.g., the flow paths) described with reference to FIGS. 33A-33E and 41-51. As yet another example, the central controller 150 may automate any of the targeted cleaning procedures described herein, such as the targeted cleaning procedures described with reference to FIGS. 42, 43, 45, 46, and 48-51. As a further example, the central controller 150 may determine whether to take one or more membrane filtration modules offline (e.g., when the bather load of the swimming pool is low), as discussed with reference to FIGS. 5A and 5B. The central controller 150 may work in conjunction with, or independent from, one or more local controllers associated with the pool components 102 disclosed herein. For conciseness, the methods of FIGS. 65-77 reference a central controller (i.e., the central controller 150), although the one or more functions described in the methods may also be performed by one or more of the central controller 150 and one or more local controllers associated with the device(s) described herein (e.g., the hybrid filter assembly, the chemical dispenser, etc.). Alternatively, one or more local controllers associated with the pool components 102 may work in conjunction with, or independent from, the central controller 150 to effectuate the operational modes and other methods described with reference to FIGS. 12-20, 33A-33E, 35-37, 31-41, and 65-77.

A benefit of automating the chemical cleaning system is that it can be easier to operate and clean the filtration system and the hybrid filter assembly included therein. Accordingly, various methods for operating and cleaning a hybrid filter assembly (e.g., the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 and variations thereof) are disclosed herein. For example, any reference to a hybrid filter assembly in the methods of FIGS. 65-77 as discussed below may be utilized with any of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900, any of the chemical cleaning systems 1200-2000, 2600, 2620, 2640, any of the targeted cleaning procedures discussed with reference to FIGS. 42, 43, 45, 46, and 48-51, and any variations thereof disclosed herein.

Further, automating the various cleaning modes, cleaning processes, and cleaning procedures described herein (e.g., the chemical cleaning mode, the backwash mode, and/or the targeted cleaning procedures) may help maintain the operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900. In some instances, the operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 may be determined by initiating a permeability check of one or more components of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 (e.g., a first filtration module, a second filtration module) and/or by initiating a permeability check of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 as a whole. In other instances, the operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 may be determined by monitoring one or more parameters of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 (e.g., permeability values, media headloss values).

It is to be understood that one or more of the values associated with the methods of FIGS. 65-77 (e.g., a first permeability value, a second permeability value, a media headloss value, etc.) may be measured at different time intervals. The one or more values described with reference to methods of FIGS. 65-77 may be measured on demand, manually implemented, or at predetermined time intervals (e.g., continuously, once a second, once a minute, once a day, once a week, once a month, etc.). Further, it is to be understood that the one or more of the values associated with the methods of FIGS. 65-77 may be measured more than once. For example, a first measurement of the one or more values may be carried out at a first time period followed by a second measurement carried out at a second time period, where the amount of time that elapses between the first time period and the second time period is determined by the predetermined time interval or another predetermined operational condition. In each instance, such measurements may be carried out by one or more systems provided with the aquatic application 100 and then received and stored by a controller (e.g., the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 and/or the local controllers of the pool components 102 of FIG. 1).

In addition, the predetermined values, thresholds, ranges, and other information described with reference to the methods of FIGS. 65-77 may be manually implemented or otherwise input into the system. For example, the predetermined values and predetermined ranges may be manually input into a user interface of a controller (e.g., the central controller 150 and/or the local controllers of the pool components 102), provided to the controller via a user device (e.g., the user device 160 of FIG. 1) or otherwise associated with and retained by the controller.

In some instances, a lookup table of predetermined values, thresholds, ranges, and other information may be stored by a controller (e.g., the central controller 150 and/or the local controllers of the pool components 102), and the controller may determine an appropriate action based on one or more of the variables discussed herein. In addition, the controller may include pre-stored lookup tables. Furthermore, the controller may be in communication with a network (e.g., the network 170 of FIG. 1) and may be capable of downloading lookup tables. The controller may select threshold values (e.g., a threshold permeability value, a threshold temperature value) from the lookup tables based on a number of factors including a determined pressure, flow rate, temperature, pH, turbidity, free chlorine content, ORP value, and/or other parameters.

It is to be understood that the threshold permeability values, media headloss values, and other similar values discussed herein in association with the methods of FIGS. 65-77 may also be used by the central controller 150 and/or one or more local controllers to determine when a single membrane filtration module or a subset of the membrane filtration modules should be targeted for cleaning and/or taken offline. In such instances, the values or ranges (e.g., the threshold permeability values) utilized by the central controller 150 and/or the one or more local controllers may be same values as recited in FIGS. 65-77. Alternatively, the values or ranges utilized by the central controller 150 and/or the one or more local controllers may be different as the value recited in FIGS. 65-77.

In yet another example, one or more of the valves and/or components of the above-described hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 can be communicatively coupled to the central controller 150 of FIG. 1. The central controller 150 can implement a number of different methods and processes to effectuate different operational conditions and functions of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 (e.g., a filtration mode, a backwash mode, a chemical cleaning mode, a bypass mode) described with reference to FIGS. 12-20, 33A-33E, 35-37, 41-51, and 65-77. For example, the chemical cleaning systems 1200-2000 of FIGS. 12-20, the chemical cleaning systems 2600, 2620, 2640 of FIGS. 26A-26C, and the deaeration valve assembly 3500 of FIGS. 35-37, respectively, can be automated. As an additional example, the central controller may effectuate the operational conditions (e.g., the flow paths) described with reference to FIGS. 33A-33E. The central controller 150 may work in conjunction with, or independent from, one or more local controllers associated with the pool components 102 disclosed herein. For conciseness, the methods of FIGS. 65-77 reference a central controller (i.e., the central controller 150), although the one or more functions described in the methods may also be performed by one or more of the central controller 150 and one or more local controllers associated with the device(s) described herein (e.g., the hybrid filter assembly, the chemical dispenser, etc.). Alternatively, one or more local controllers associated with the pool components 102 may work in conjunction with, or independent from, the central controller 150 to effectuate the operational modes and other methods described with reference to FIGS. 12-20, 33A-33E, 35-37, 41-51, and 65-77.

A benefit of automating the chemical cleaning system is that it can be easier to operate and clean the filtration system and the hybrid filter assembly included therein. Accordingly, various methods for operating and cleaning a hybrid filter assembly (e.g., the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 and variations thereof) are disclosed herein. For example, any reference to a hybrid filter assembly in the methods of FIGS. 65-77 as discussed below may be utilized with any of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900, any of the chemical cleaning systems 1200-2000, 2600, 2620, 2640, and any variations thereof disclosed herein.

Further, automating the various cleaning modes, cleaning processes, and cleaning procedures described herein (e.g., the chemical cleaning mode and/or the backwash mode) may help maintain the operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900. In some instances, the operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 may be determined by initiating a permeability check of one or more components of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 (e.g., a first filtration module, a second filtration module) and/or by initiating a permeability check of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 as a whole. In other instances, the operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 may be determined by monitoring one or more parameters of the hybrid filter assemblies 200, 2100, 3900 (e.g., permeability values, media headloss values).

It is to be understood that one or more of the values associated with the methods of FIGS. 65-77 (e.g., a first permeability value, a second permeability value, a media headloss value, etc.) may be measured at different time intervals. The one or more values described with reference to methods of FIGS. 65-77 may be measured on demand, manually implemented, or at predetermined time intervals (e.g., continuously, once a second, once a minute, once a day, once a week, once a month, etc.). Further, it is to be understood that the one or more of the values associated with the methods of FIGS. 65-77 may be measured more than once. For example, a first measurement of the one or more values may be carried out at a first time period followed by a second measurement carried out at a second time period, where the amount of time that elapses between the first time period and the second time period is determined by the predetermined time interval or another predetermined operational condition. In each instance, such measurements may be carried out by one or more systems provided with the aquatic application 100 and then received and stored by a controller (e.g., the central controller 150 of FIG. 1 and/or the local controllers of the pool components 102 of FIG. 1).

In addition, the predetermined values, thresholds, ranges, and other information described with reference to the methods of FIGS. 65-77 may be manually implemented or otherwise input into the system. For example, the predetermined values and predetermined ranges may be manually input into a user interface of a controller (e.g., the central controller 150 and/or the local controllers of the pool components 102), provided to the controller via a user device (e.g., the user device 160 of FIG. 1) or otherwise associated with and retained by the controller.

In some instances, a lookup table of predetermined values, thresholds, ranges, and other information may be stored by a controller (e.g., the central controller 150 and/or the local controllers of the pool components 102), and the controller may determine an appropriate action based on one or more of the variables discussed herein. In addition, the controller may include pre-stored lookup tables. Furthermore, the controller may be in communication with a network (e.g., the network 170 of FIG. 1) and may be capable of downloading lookup tables. The controller may select threshold values (e.g., a threshold permeability value, a threshold temperature value) from the lookup tables based on a number of factors including a determined pressure, flow rate, temperature, pH, turbidity, free chlorine content, ORP value, and/or other parameters.

Referring first to FIG. 65, a method 6500 for operating a hybrid filter system is illustrated. At a first step 6510, a system including a hybrid filter assembly, such as the aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1, is operated in a filtration mode. During the filtration mode, water from the swimming pool 110 can flow through the hybrid filter assembly as described in FIGS. 8A, 8B, and 33A. Thus, the filtration mode can be the default or normal operational mode for the system.

At step 6520, a controller, such as the central controller 150 of FIG. 1, can perform a first permeability check. See FIG. 66 for a detailed discussion of the procedure for the permeability check. The permeability check can determine the permeability of one or more membranes (e.g., the four membrane filtration modules 510a-510d of the second filtration stage 320 of FIG. 5A, the one or more membrane filtration modules 2154 of the second filtration stage 2120 of FIG. 21) of the hybrid filter. Thus, the first permeability check can determine whether the hybrid filter assembly has become fouled and should be cleaned. The central controller 150 can be designed to perform the first permeability check at a predetermined time or interval of time. For instance, the central controller 150 can be designed to perform the first permeability check once an hour, once a day, once a week, etc. In some embodiments, a user can manually prompt the central controller 150 to initiate the first permeability check.

The central controller 150 can be configured to analyze the results of the first permeability check to determine whether the hybrid filter assembly should be cleaned. In some embodiments, the central controller 150 can be designed to determine whether the first analyzed permeability value is above or below a first threshold permeability value. The first threshold permeability value can be a predetermined value for the system. In some instances, the first threshold permeability value can be set at a value between about 150 to about 350 (or between 150 to 300), although the first threshold permeability value may be somewhat less or even greater than these values. For example, the first threshold permeability value may be imparted with a value of at least about 100, or at least about 125, or at least about 150, or at least about 175, or at least about 200, or at least about 225, or at least about 250, or at least about 275, or at least about 300, or at least about 325, or at least about 350. As an additional example, the first threshold permeability value may be imparted with a value of at least 100, or at least 125, or at least 150, or at least 175, or at least 200, or at least 225, or at least 250, or at least 275, or at least 300, or at least 325, or at least 350. In some instances, the first threshold permeability value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single threshold permeability value, the central controller 150 may utilize a first threshold permeability range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

If the analyzed first permeability value is above the first threshold permeability value or above the first threshold permeability range, then the central controller 150 can maintain the hybrid filter assembly in the filtration mode. However, if the analyzed first permeability value is below the first threshold permeability value or below the first threshold permeability range, then at step 6530, the controller can perform a check to determine if a backwash procedure was recently performed.

At step 6530, the central controller 150 can access a maintenance log or historical data of the hybrid filter assembly to determine when the last backwash procedure was performed. If the most recent backwash procedure was performed within a threshold time period, the central controller 150 can be designed to maintain the system in the filtration mode. The threshold time period can be provided as a predetermined period of time, such as one day, one week, etc. In some instances, the predetermined period of time is 24 hours. However, if the previous backwash procedure was not performed within the threshold time period, the method can proceed to step 6540.

At step 6540, the central controller 150 can be designed to initiate a backwash procedure. During the backwash procedure, the water flow through the system can be reversed. Thus, water flow through the hybrid filter assembly can be reversed, as described above in FIGS. 10, 11, and 33B and in FIG. 67 discussed in more detail hereinbelow. The backwash procedure can remove particulates from the system and help improve the permeability of the membranes of the hybrid filter assembly.

Thus, at step 6550, the central controller 150 can be configured to perform a second permeability check after the backwash procedure is complete to determine the effectiveness of the backwash procedure. The central controller 150 can analyze the second permeability check to determine if the second analyzed permeability value is above or below a second threshold permeability value. In some embodiments, the second threshold permeability value can be the same as the first threshold permeability value. In some embodiments, the second threshold permeability value can be different than the first threshold permeability value. For instance, the second threshold permeability value can be greater than the first threshold permeability value because a backwash procedure may not restore the membrane filter permeability to the original permeability. However, it may not be necessary to perform additional cleaning procedures if the membrane permeability is still below an upper threshold value. In some instances, the second threshold permeability value can be imparted with a value between about 250 and about 375 (or between 250 and 375), although the second threshold permeability value may be less or greater than these values. For example, the second threshold permeability value can be imparted with a value of between about 300 and about 350 (or between 300 and 350). As an additional example, the second threshold permeability value can be imparted with a value of at least about 225, or at least about 250, or at least about 275, or at least about 300, or at least about 310, or at least about 320, or at least about 330, or at least about 340, or at least about 350, or at least about 360, or at least about 370, or at least about 375. As yet another example, the second threshold permeability value can be imparted with a value of at least 225, or at least 250, or at least 275, or at least 300, or at least 310, or at least 320, or at least 330, or at least 340, or at least 350, or at least 360, or at least 370, or at least 375. In some instances, the second threshold permeability value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single threshold permeability value, the central controller 150 may utilize a second threshold permeability range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

If the analyzed second permeability value is below the second threshold value or below the second threshold permeability range, then the central controller 150 can maintain the system in the filtration mode. However, if the analyzed second permeability value is above the second threshold permeability value or above the second threshold permeability range, then at step 6560, the central controller 150 can initiate a chemical cleaning procedure, which is described in more detail with respect to FIG. 68 hereinbelow. After the chemical cleaning procedure is completed, the hybrid filter assembly resumes normal operation in the filtration mode.

Now, referring to FIG. 66, a method 6600 for performing a permeability check is illustrated in more detail. The method 6600 can be performed at steps 6520 and 6550 of the method 6500 of FIG. 65.

At step 6610, the central controller 150 can be designed to collect various details about the system in the form of system information. The system information can include one or more of a flow rate, an inlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly, an outlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly, an inlet pressure of the second filtration stage, a temperature of the water passing through the system, or combinations thereof. Thus, the system can include one or more sensors designed to monitor these parameters (e.g., flow meter, pressure transducer, temperature sensor, etc.) whereby the sensor(s) are in communication with the conduit, fluid, and the like.

At step 6620, the central controller 150 can determine the media differential pressure (i.e., the media headloss). The controller can determine the media headloss according to Formula I.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{Media\_Headloss}=\mathrm{Inlet\_Pressue}-\mathrm{Module\_Pressure}& \mathrm{Formula}I\end{array}$

Further, the module headloss can be determined according to Formula II.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{Module\_Headloss}=\mathrm{Module\_Pressure}-\mathrm{Outlet\_Pressure}& \mathrm{Formula}\mathrm{II}\end{array}$

The central controller 150 can then determine if the media headloss is greater than or less than a media headloss threshold value. If the media headloss value is greater than the media headloss threshold value, then the method can proceed to step 6650 and determine if a backwash procedure should be performed (i.e., step 6530 and/or step 6560 of FIG. 65). However, if the media headloss value is less than the media headloss threshold value, the method can proceed to step 6630. In some embodiments, the media headloss threshold value is a predetermined value. For instance, the media headloss threshold value can be approximately 11 pounds per square inch (PSI). In other instances, the media headloss threshold value can be a value between about 4 PSI to about 20 PSI. In further instances, the media headloss threshold value can be a value between about 8 PSI to about 15 PSI.

At step 6630, the central controller 150 can be designed to determine the permeability of the hybrid filter assembly. In some embodiments, the permeability of the hybrid filter assembly can be determined according to Formula III below.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{System}\mathrm{Permeability}=\left(\left(\mathrm{Flux}\right)/\left(\left(\mathrm{TMP}\right)*100000\right)*100000*\left(\mathrm{Viscosity}/0.001\right)\right)& \mathrm{Formula}\mathrm{III}\end{array}$

The Flux can be defined by Formula IV.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{Flux}=\left(\mathrm{System}\mathrm{Flow}\right)*227.125707/\left(\mathrm{membrane}\mathrm{surface}\mathrm{area}\right)& \mathrm{Formula}\mathrm{IV}\end{array}$

TMP can represent the Transmembrane Pressure and be described by Formula V.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{TMP}=\left(\mathrm{Filter}\mathrm{Headloss}\right)*0.06894757& \mathrm{Formula}V\end{array}$

Wherein the Filter Headloss of Formula V can be determined by Formula VI.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{Filter}\mathrm{Headloss}=\mathrm{Inlet}\mathrm{Pressure}-\mathrm{Outlet}\mathrm{Pressure}& \mathrm{Formula}\mathrm{VI}\end{array}$

Referring back to Formula III, the Viscosity can be calculated according to Formula VII.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{Viscosity}=& \mathrm{Formula}\mathrm{VII}\end{array}$ $((1.855-0.05596*\left(\left(\mathrm{Water}\mathrm{Temperature}-32\right)*5/9\right)+$ $0.0006533*\left(\left(\mathrm{Water}\mathrm{Temperature}-32\right)*5/9\right)^2)/0.99712)/1000$

As discussed above, some hybrid filter systems can include one or more bypass lines (e.g., the chemical cleaning systems 1500-1800 of FIGS. 15-18, respectively). Thus, the central controller 150 can be designed to determine an adjusted permeability value that accounts for the changes in flow caused by the bypass line. In some embodiments, the adjusted permeability value can be determined according to Formula VIII.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{Adjusted\_Permeability}=(\left(\mathrm{System}\mathrm{Flow}-\mathrm{Bypass}\mathrm{Flow}\right)*& \mathrm{Formula}\mathrm{VIII}\end{array}$ $227.125707/\left(\mathrm{membrane}\mathrm{surface}\mathrm{area}\right)/((\mathrm{Module}\mathrm{Pressure}-$ $\mathrm{Outlet}\mathrm{Pressure})*0.06894757*100000)*100000*\left(\frac{\mathrm{Viscosity}}{0.001}\right)$

The bypass flow can be defined by Formula IX.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{Bypass\_flow}=\left(\left(\left(\left(\mathrm{Filter\_Headloss}/2.31\right)*100/\left(\left(\mathrm{bypass}\mathrm{length}\right)/12\right)\right)*\left(\mathrm{pipe}\mathrm{diameter}\mathrm{of}\mathrm{bypass}\right)^4.8655\right)/0.098303\right)^\left(\frac{1}{1.852}\right)& \mathrm{Formula}\mathrm{IX}\end{array}$

The central controller 150 can also be designed to determine the resistance of the hybrid filter assembly. In some embodiments, the resistance can be determined using the calculated permeability according to Formula X.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{Resistance}=\left(1/\mathrm{Permeability}\right)*358,000,000,000,000& \mathrm{Formula}X\end{array}$

In some embodiments, the filter resistance can be determined according to Formula XI.

$\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{Resistance}=\left(\mathrm{TMP}*100000\right)/\left(\frac{\mathrm{Flux}}{3600000}*\mathrm{Viscosity}\right)& \mathrm{Formula}\mathrm{XI}\end{array}$

Table 1 summarizes the units of measure for the parameters used in Formulas I-XI.

TABLE 1
Parameter               Unit
Inlet Pressure          Psi (pounds per square inch)
Outlet Pressure         Psi
Module Pressure         Psi
Filter Headloss         Psi
Module Headloss         Psi
Media Headloss          Psi
TMP                     bar
System Flow             GPM (gallons per minute)
Flux                    L/m2h (liters per square meter per hour)
Water Temp              Fahrenheit
Viscosity               N-s/m2 (newton-second per square meter)
System Permeability     N/A
Bypass Flow             GPM (gallons per minute)
Adjusted Permeability   N/A
Membrane Surface Area   m2 (square meters)
Bypass Length           feet
Pipe Diameter of Bypass inches

Still referring to FIG. 66, at step 6640, the central controller 150 can determine if the permeability of the hybrid filter assembly is above or below a permeability threshold value. The permeability threshold value can be the first permeability threshold value and/or the second permeability threshold value from the method 6500 of FIG. 65. Thus, if the permeability value is above the threshold permeability value, then the central controller 150 can maintain the system in a filtration mode and continue to monitor and collect the system information. However, if the permeability is below the threshold permeability value, the central controller 150 can proceed to step 6650 and determine if a backwash procedure should be performed (i.e., step 6530 and/or step 6560 of FIG. 65). In some instances, the central controller 150 can be designed to confirm that the permeability of the hybrid filter assembly is below the threshold permeability value for a threshold period of time. In some embodiments, the threshold period of time can be at least about 10 seconds. In some embodiments, the threshold period of time can be at least about 20 seconds. In other embodiments, the threshold period of time can be no more than about 60 seconds. In yet other embodiments, the threshold period of time can be no more than about 30 seconds. In some embodiments, the threshold period of time can be at least 10 seconds. In some embodiments, the threshold period of time can be at least 20 seconds. In other embodiments, the threshold period of time can be no more than 60 seconds. In yet other embodiments, the threshold period of time can be no more than 30 seconds.

Now, turning to FIG. 67, a method 6700 for performing a backwash procedure is illustrated. The method 6700 can be performed at steps 6540 and/or part of the chemical cleaning procedure performed at step 6560 of the method 6500 of FIG. 65.

At step 6710, the position of one or more valves for the system can be reversed so that the flow of the water through the hybrid filter assembly is reversed. Thus, the one or more pumps included in the system (e.g., the variable speed pump 122 and/or the booster pump 123 of FIG. 1) can be stopped to adjust the valving. After the valving is adjusted, it can be beneficial to wait for a period of time (e.g., approximately 30 seconds) to allow the pressure and flow in the system to adjust.

At step 6720, the one or more pumps can be turned back on, and the hybrid filter assembly can be backwashed. The fluid flow rate through the system can be increased to a desired flow rate. In some instances, the fluid flow rate can be increased to a flow rate of between about 50 GPM to about 90 GPM (about 190 liters per minute (LPM) to about 340 LPM). In other instances, the fluid flow rate can be increased to a flow rate of between about 65 GPM to about 75 GPM (about 250 LPM to about 285 LPM). In further instances, the fluid flow rate can be increased to a flow rate of about 70 GPM (265 LPM). In some instances, the fluid flow rate can be increased to a flow rate of between 50 GPM to 90 GPM (190 liters per minute (LPM) to 340 LPM). In other instances, the fluid flow rate can be increased to a flow rate of between 65 GPM to 75 GPM (250 LPM to 285 LPM). In further instances, the fluid flow rate can be increased to a flow rate of 70 GPM (265 LPM). In yet further instances, the fluid flow rate may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

The backwash can be maintained for a predetermined period of time. However, when backwashing there is a possibility that some media from the first filtration stage can become entrained in the backwashing fluid and be carried out of the hybrid filter assembly. Thus, the backwash time period can be adjusted so that the amount of media that may be washed out of the hybrid filter assembly is reduced or minimized. Accordingly, in some instances, the backwash is maintained for the predetermined period of time of between about 10 seconds to about 60 seconds. In further instances, the backwash is maintained for the predetermined period of time of between about 20 seconds to about 40 seconds. In some instances, the backwash is maintained for the predetermined period of time of at least approximately 30 seconds. In yet other instances, the backwash is maintained for the predetermined period of time of between 10 seconds to 60 seconds. In further instances, the backwash is maintained for the predetermined period of time of between 20 seconds to 40 seconds. In yet further instances, the backwash is maintained for the predetermined period of time of at least 30 seconds. In further instances, the backwash may also be maintained for predetermined periods of time that are somewhat less or even greater than the predetermined periods of time recited herein. In some instances, the backwash may be maintained for predetermined periods of time that fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single predetermined period of time, the central controller 150 may maintain the backwash for a predetermined range of times that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

At step 6730, the one or more pumps can be stopped, and the valving can be adjusted back to the filtration mode position(s). At this point, a rinse operation can be performed to flush the contaminants removed from the hybrid filter from the system's conduit lines. In some instances, the rinse operation can be maintained for at least about 1 minute. In other instances, the rinse operation can be maintained for at least 1 minute. In yet other instances, the flush operation can be maintained for at least about 1 minute to no more than about 15 minutes (or at least about 1 minute to no more than 15 minutes), although the flush operation may be maintained for longer or shorter time periods than those recited herein.

At step 6740, a second optional backwash can be performed. Thus, the pump can be stopped again, and the valve position(s) can be adjusted to the backwash configuration. Similar to the first backwash, the one or more pumps can be increased to a desired flow rate, which can be maintained for a predetermined time period.

At step 6750, the pump can be stopped, and the valves can be adjusted back to the filtration orientation. The pump can then be turned back on so that the system is operating in the filtration mode. Thus, the backwash method ends at 2360.

As discussed above, one or more components of the system (e.g., the valves and the pumps) can be automated. Therefore, the central controller 150 can be designed to perform the above steps. However, if the central controller 150 fails to perform a step, the backwash procedure can end, and the hybrid filter assembly can be maintained or returned to the filtration mode. Additionally, in some embodiments, the above steps can be manually performed.

Now referring to FIG. 68, a method 6800 for chemically cleaning the hybrid filter assembly is illustrated. The method 6800 can be performed at step 6560 of the method 6500 of FIG. 65.

At step 6810, the one or more pumps of the system can be turned off or maintained off. For example, in the method 6500 of FIG. 65, the chemical cleaning procedure can be performed after a backwash procedure. In some instances, the method 6700 of FIG. 67 is performed prior to, or as the first step of the method 6800. Thus, after the backwash procedure is completed the one or more pumps may already be turned off. However, the one or more valves in the system can be switched back to the filtration mode orientation or maintained in the filtration mode orientation.

At step 6820, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 can be introduced into the hybrid filter assembly. As discussed in FIGS. 12-20 and 26A-26C, the hybrid filter assembly can include one or more valves or components, such as pumps, that can control the flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212. Accordingly, depending on the embodiment, the one or more valves or components may need to be adjusted to permit the delivery of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the hybrid filter assembly. The amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 delivered to the hybrid filter assembly can depend on the size of the filter and/or the level of fouling of the filter. In some instances, the hybrid filter assembly can be dosed with between about 200 milliliters of liquid chlorine to about 450 milliliters of liquid chlorine (or 200 milliliters to 450 milliliters of liquid chlorine), although the hybrid filter assembly may be dosed with somewhat less or even more liquid chlorine than these values. In further instances, the hybrid filter assembly can be dosed with between about 275 milliliters of liquid chlorine to about 400 milliliters of liquid chlorine. In further instances, the hybrid filter assembly can be dosed with between 275 milliliters of liquid chlorine to 400 milliliters of liquid chlorine. In other cases, the hybrid filter assembly can be dosed with at least about 100 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 150 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 200 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 225 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 250 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 275 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 300 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 325 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 350 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 375 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 400 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 450 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least about 500 milliliters of liquid chlorine. In yet other cases, the hybrid filter assembly can be dosed with at least 100 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 150 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 200 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 225 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 250 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 275 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 300 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 325 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 350 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 375 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 400 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 450 milliliters of liquid chlorine, or at least 500 milliliters of liquid chlorine. In some instances, the dose of the liquid chlorine provided to the hybrid filter assembly may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, the dose of liquid chlorine may be provided as a dose range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

In some instances of the step 6820, the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be selected from the group consisting of a chlorine-containing compound, a chlorine-containing solution, a bromine-containing compound, a bromine-containing solution, a bleaching agent, an acidic solution, and combinations thereof. In some such instances, the chemical cleaning agent may be selected from the group consisting of calcium hypochlorite, trichloroisocyanuric acid, dichloro-s-triazinetrione, and combinations thereof. In each of the various instances, the hybrid filter assembly may be dosed with between about 100 milliliters to about 500 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, although the amount of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 provided to the hybrid filter assembly may be somewhat less than or even greater than these values. For example, the hybrid filter assembly can be dosed with at least about 100 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 150 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 200 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 225 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 250 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 275 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 300 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 325 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 350 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 375 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 400 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 450 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least about 500 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212. As an additional example, the hybrid filter assembly can be dosed with at least 100 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 150 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 200 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 225 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 250 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 275 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 300 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 325 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 350 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 375 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 400 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 450 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212, or at least 500 milliliters of the chemical cleaning agent 1212. In some instances, the dose of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 provided to the hybrid filter assembly may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, the dose of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 may be provided as a dose range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

At step 6830, the flow of the chemical cleaning agent 1212 to the hybrid filter assembly can be stopped, and one or more components of the hybrid filter assembly (e.g., the four membrane filtration modules 510a-510d of the second filtration stage 320) can be soaked with the chemical cleaning agent 1212 for a predetermined period of time. A benefit of soaking the hybrid filter assembly with the chemical cleaning agent is that it can give the chemical cleaning agent 1212 time to neutralize contaminants. In some embodiments, the hybrid filter assembly can be soaked between about 1 hour to about 24 hours (or 1 hour to 24 hours), although the hybrid filter assembly may also be soaked for less time or more time than described herein. For example, the hybrid filter assembly can be soaked between about 2 hours to about 4 hours (or between 2 hours to 4 hours). As yet another example, the hybrid filter assembly can be soaked for about 3 hours to about 6 hours (or for 3 hours to 6 hours). For example, the hybrid filter assembly can be soaked between 1 hour to 5 hours (or between 1 hour to 5 hours). In further cases, the hybrid filter assembly can be soaked for at least about 30 minutes, or at least about 1 hour, or at least about 2 hours, or at least about 3 hours, or at least about 4 hours, or at least about 5 hours, or at least about 6 hours, or at least about 7 hours, or at least about 8 hours, or at least about 9 hours, or at least about 10 hours, or at least about 11 hours, or at least about 12 hours, or at least about 13 hours, or at least about 14 hours, or at least about 15 hours, or at least about 16 hours, or at least about 17 hours, or at least about 18 hours, or at least about 19 hours, or at least about 20 hours, or at least about 21 hours, or at least about 22 hours, or at least about 23 hours, or at least about 24 hours. In other cases, the hybrid filter assembly can be soaked for at least 30 minutes, or at least 1 hour, or at least 2 hours, or at least 3 hours, or at least 4 hours, or at least 5 hours, or at least 6 hours, or at least 7 hours, or at least 8 hours, or at least 9 hours, or at least 10 hours, or at least 11 hours, or at least 12 hours, or at least 13 hours, or at least 14 hours, or at least 15 hours, or at least 16 hours, or at least 17 hours, or at least 18 hours, or at least 19 hours, or at least 20 hours, or at least 21 hours, or at least 22 hours, or at least 23 hours, or at least 24 hours. In some instances, the predetermined time that one or more components of the hybrid filter assembly may be soaked with the chemical cleaning agent may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single predetermined time, the central controller 150 may utilize a predetermined range of times that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

At step 6840, a backwash procedure can be initiated after the hybrid filter assembly has been soaked for the predetermined time or the predetermined range of times. The backwash procedure can be performed according to the method 6700 of FIG. 67. A benefit of backwashing the hybrid filter assembly after the chemical cleaning procedure is that the chemical cleaning agent 1212 and contaminants can be flushed from the system.

Thus, at step 6850, after the backwash procedure is completed, the hybrid filter assembly can be returned to the filtration mode.

Now referring to FIG. 69, an alternative method 6900 for operating a hybrid filter assembly is illustrated. The method 6900 is similar to the method 6500 of FIG. 65. However, here, the backwash and/or the chemical cleaning procedures can differ. At a first step 6910, the central controller 150 can be designed to collect various details about the system in the form of system information. The system information can include one or more of a flow rate, an inlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly, an outlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly, an inlet pressure of the second filtration stage, a temperature of the water passing through the system, or combinations thereof. Thus, the system can include one or more sensors designed to monitor these parameters (e.g., flow meter, pressure transducer, temperature sensor, etc.).

At step 6920, the central controller 150 can determine the media differential pressure (i.e., the media headloss). In some embodiments, the media differential pressure can be determined according to Formula I above. The central controller 150 can then determine if the media headloss is greater than or less than a media headloss threshold value. If the media headloss value is greater than the media headloss threshold value, then the method can proceed to step 6925 and initiate a backwash procedure. The backwash procedure can be performed according to the method 6700 of FIG. 67. Once the backwash procedure is completed, the method can return to step 6910 and the central controller 150 can continue to monitor the system. However, if the media headloss is less than the media headloss threshold value, the method can proceed to step 6930. In some embodiments, the media headloss threshold value is a predetermined value. For instance, the media headloss threshold value can be approximately 11 PSI (approximately 76,000 Pa). In other instances, the media headloss threshold value can be a value between about 4 PSI to about 20 PSI (about 28,000 Pa to about 138,000 Pa). In further instances, the media headloss threshold value can be a value between about 8 PSI to about 15 PSI (about 55,000 Pa to about 103,000 Pa). In yet other instances, the media headloss threshold value can be 11 PSI (76,000 Pa). In other instances, the media headloss threshold value can be a value between 4 PSI to 20 PSI (28,000 Pa to 138,000 Pa). In further instances, the media headloss threshold value can be a value between 8 PSI to 15 PSI (55,000 Pa to 103,000 Pa). In some instances, the media headloss threshold value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single media headloss threshold value, the central controller 150 may utilize a media headloss threshold range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

At step 6930, the central controller 150 can be designed to determine the permeability of the hybrid filter assembly during a first permeability check operation. In some embodiments, the permeability of the hybrid filter assembly can be determined according to Formula III above.

At step 6940, the central controller 150 can determine if the permeability of the hybrid filter assembly is above or below a minimum permeability threshold value. The minimum threshold permeability value can be a predetermined value for the system. In some instances, the minimum threshold permeability value can be set at a value of between about 75 to about 225 (or a value of 75 to 225). In other instances, the minimum threshold permeability value can be set at a value of approximately 150 (or a value of 150). In other examples, the minimum threshold permeability value can be set at a value of approximately 100 (or a value of 100). In still further instances, the minimum threshold permeability value can be set at a value of approximately 200 (or a value of 200). In some instances, the minimum threshold permeability value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a minimum threshold permeability value, the central controller 150 may utilize a minimum threshold permeability range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

If the analyzed first permeability value is below the minimum permeability threshold value or a minimum permeability threshold range, then the central controller 150 can be designed to initiate a chemical cleaning procedure at step 6945. In some instances, step 6945 can be performed immediately or shortly after step 6940. A benefit of proceeding directly to a chemical cleaning procedure may be that the chemical cleaning procedure can be more effective at cleaning the hybrid filter assembly as compared to the backwash procedure alone.

However, if the analyzed first permeability value is above the minimum permeability threshold value, then at step 6950, the central controller 150 can further determine if the analyzed first permeability value is above or below a second threshold permeability value. The second threshold permeability value can be a predetermined value for the system. In some instances, the second threshold permeability value can be set to a value greater than the minimum threshold permeability value. For example, the second threshold permeability value can be set to a value of between about 150 to about 350 (or between 150 to 350). In other instances, the second threshold permeability value can be set at a value of approximately 300 (or a value of 300). For example, the second threshold permeability value may be imparted with a value of at least about 100, or at least about 125, or at least about 150, or at least about 175, or at least about 200, or at least about 225, or at least about 250, or at least about 275, or at least about 300, or at least about 325, or at least about 350, or at least about 375. As an additional example, the first threshold permeability value may be imparted with a value of at least 100, or at least 125, or at least 150, or at least 175, or at least 200, or at least 225, or at least 250, or at least 275, or at least 300, or at least 325, or at least 350, or at least 375. In some instances, the second threshold permeability value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single second threshold permeability value, the central controller 150 may utilize a second threshold permeability range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

If the analyzed first permeability value is above the second threshold permeability value or the second threshold permeability range, then the central controller 150 can maintain the system in the filtration mode and continue to monitor the system. However, if the analyzed first permeability value is below the second threshold permeability value or the second threshold permeability range, then at step 6960, the central controller 150 can initiate a backwash procedure.

At step 6960, the backwash procedure can be performed according to the method 6700 of FIG. 67.

Then, at step 6970, the central controller can be designed to perform a second permeability check to determine the effectiveness of the backwash procedure. Similar to the first permeability check, the permeability of the hybrid filter assembly can be determined according to Formula III above.

At step 6980, the central controller 150 can analyze the second permeability check to determine if the second analyzed permeability value is above or below a third threshold permeability value. In some embodiments, the third threshold permeability value can be the same as the second threshold permeability value. In some embodiments, the third threshold permeability value can be different than the second threshold permeability value. For instance, the third threshold permeability value can be greater than the second threshold permeability value because a backwash procedure may not restore the membrane filter permeability to the original permeability. However, it may not be necessary to perform additional cleaning procedures if the membrane permeability is still below an upper threshold value. In some instances, the third threshold permeability value can be equal to an upper threshold value. In some embodiments, the third threshold permeability value can be imparted with a value of about 250 to about 375 (or 250 to 375), although the third threshold permeability value may be imparted with a value that is somewhat less or greater than the aforementioned values. For example, the third threshold permeability value may be imparted with a value of or at least about 225, or at least about 250, or at least about 275, or at least about 300, or at least about 325, or at least about 350, or at least about 375, or at least about 400. As an additional example, the first threshold permeability value may be imparted with a value of at least 100, or at least 125, or at least 150, or at least 175, or at least 200, or at least 225, or at least 250, or at least 275, or at least 300, or at least 325, or at least 350, or at least 375, or at least 400. In some instances, the third threshold permeability value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single third threshold permeability value, the central controller 150 may utilize a third threshold permeability range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

However, if the analyzed second permeability value is below the third threshold permeability value or the third threshold permeability range, at step 6985, the central controller 150 can be designed to initiate a chemical cleaning procedure. In some instances, the chemical cleaning procedure can be performed immediately or shortly after step 6980. However, the chemical cleaning procedure may also be delayed. It can be beneficial to delay a cleaning procedure, such as the backwash and/or chemical cleaning procedure because it may be not ideal to swim in the swimming pool 110 while the hybrid filter assembly is being cleaned. Thus, the following embodiments discuss methods for delaying (e.g., scheduling) one or more cleaning procedures.

Turning to FIG. 70, a first method 7000 for scheduling a backwash cleaning operation and a chemical cleaning operation is illustrated. The method 7000 can be used in conjunction with the methods 6500-6900 of FIGS. 65-69.

At a first step 7010, the system including the hybrid filter assembly is operated in a filtration mode. As discussed above, during the filtration mode, water from the swimming pool 110 can flow through the hybrid filter assembly as described in FIGS. 8A, 8B, and 33A. Thus, the filtration mode can be the default or normal operational mode for the system.

At step 7020, the central controller 150 can be designed to collect various details about the system in the form of system information. Similar to step 6610, here the system information can include one or more of a flow rate, an inlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly, an outlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly, an inlet pressure of the second filtration stage, a temperature of the water passing through the system, or combinations thereof. Thus, the system can include one or more sensors designed to monitor these parameters (e.g., flow meter, pressure transducer, temperature sensor, etc.), whereby the sensors are disposed in the appropriate location for measurement and in communication with the conduit, housing, fluid and the like.

At step 7030, the central controller 150 can transmit the collected data to a memory device. Referring back to FIG. 1, the memory device can be communicatively coupled to the central controller 150 via the network 170.

At step 7040, the central controller can be designed to perform a system analysis based on the transmitted data. The system analysis can include at least one of a permeability check, a check to determine when the most recent backwash procedure was performed, a check to determine when the most recent chemical cleaning procedure was performed, an analysis to determine a media differential pressure (i.e., a media headloss), and any other analysis of a system operational parameter such as a flow rate, an inlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly, an outlet pressure of the hybrid filter assembly, an inlet pressure of the second filtration stage, and a temperature of the water passing through the system. The transmitted data can include historical data. Thus, in some instances, the system analysis can be based on current data. In other instances, the system analysis can be performed on historical data. Further, in some instances, the system analysis can be based on both current and historical data. Utilizing both current and historical data can be beneficial because not all system parameters may be monitored at the same frequency. However, it can be desirable to perform a system analysis without having to collect updated information.

At step 7050, the central controller can schedule a cleaning operation based on the analyzed system data. In some instances, the cleaning operation can be scheduled to be initiated immediately or in the near future. For example, it can be beneficial to perform a cleaning operation immediately if the system analysis determines that the permeability of the hybrid filter assembly is below a minimum permeability threshold. In other instances, the cleaning operation can be scheduled for a later time period. It can be desirable to delay a cleaning operation if the aquatic application 100 is currently in use. Thus, in some instances, the cleaning operation can be delayed by a set period of time (e.g., one hour, four hours, etc.). In other instances, the cleaning operation can be delayed until a predetermined time (e.g., a specific time of day). The predetermined time can be a time when the aquatic application 100 is not typically being used by swimmers, for example, at nighttime. A benefit of scheduling the cleaning operation for a time when the aquatic application 100 is unlikely to be in use is that the cleaning operation may not interrupt swimmers from enjoying the aquatic application 100. The cleaning operation can include at least one of a backwash operation and a chemical cleaning operation. Thus, the below steps illustrate a portion of a scheduling operation.

At step 7060, the central controller 150 can determine if a backwash operation timer has been set. In some instances, the central controller 150 can automatically set the backwash operation timer. For example, following a backwash procedure, the central controller 150 can start a backwash operation timer to indicate when a subsequent backwash procedure may need to be performed. Thus, the backwash timer can be set for a specific time period so that a backwash cleaning operation is performed on a routine basis. In some instances, the backwash operation time period can be manually selected by a user and input into the aquatic application 100 via the user device 160 or another user interface. In other instances, the central controller 150 can determine an optimal backwash operation time period based on the analyzed system data. For instance, the analyzed data may show that the hybrid filter assembly tends to experience the most fouling over weekends. Therefore, the central controller 150 can determine that an optimal time period to clean the hybrid filter assembly is before, during, and/or after the weekend.

The central controller 150 can further determine whether the backwash operation timer has elapsed. If the backwash operation timer has elapsed, then at step 7070, the central controller 150 can initiate a backwash procedure. The backwash procedure can be performed according to the method 6700 of FIG. 67. Once the backwash procedure is completed, the method can proceed to step 7080 to determine if a chemical cleaning operation timer has been set. However, if the backwash operation timer has not elapsed, then the method can proceed directly to step 7080.

At step 7080, the central controller 150 can determine if a chemical cleaning operation timer has been set. Similar to the backwash operation timer, the chemical cleaning timer can be set by the user or the central controller 150. If the chemical cleaning operation timer has elapsed, then at step 7090, the central controller 150 can initiate a chemical cleaning procedure. The chemical cleaning procedure can be performed according to the method 6800 of FIG. 68. Once the chemical cleaning procedure is completed, the central controller can return the system to a filtration mode. However, if the chemical cleaning operation timer has not elapsed, then the central controller 150 can return the system to the filtration mode after the backwash procedure is completed.

Now turning to FIG. 71, a second method 7100 for scheduling a backwash cleaning operation and/or a chemical cleaning operation is illustrated. The method 7100 can be used in conjunction with the methods 6500-6900 of FIGS. 65-69.

At step 7110, the central controller 150 can determine if a scheduled cleaning operation has been requested. If the central controller 150 determines that no request for a chemical cleaning procedure has been made, then the central controller 150 can maintain or return the system to the filtration mode at step 7120. However, if the central controller 150 determines that a request for a chemical cleaning procedure has been made, then the central controller 150 can proceed to step 7130. Thus, the method 7100 can be initiated after a cleaning operation has been scheduled. Therefore, although not shown, the method 7100 can include steps 7010-7050 of the method 7000 of FIG. 70. In some instances, the method 7100 can be performed at step 7050 of method 7000 of FIG. 70 (e.g., to schedule the timer).

At step 7130, the central controller 150 can determine the amount of time between the current time and the time for when the scheduled chemical cleaning operation has been requested. In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine when the chemical cleaning operation is scheduled by analyzing data stored in the memory, which is communicatively coupled to the central controller 150.

At step 7140, the central controller 150 can set a timer approximately equal to the time difference determined at step 7130.

Then, at step 7150, the central controller 150 can determine if the set timer is more than or less than a threshold period of time. The threshold period of time can be a predetermined period of time. In some instances, the threshold period of time is about one day, although the threshold period of time can be even greater than one day. In other instances, the threshold period of time is approximately half a day. In other examples, the predetermined period of time is at least about 10 hours. In still further instances, the predetermined period of time can be set to about at least about 8 hours, or at least about 6 hours, or at least about 4 hours, or at least about 2 hours, or for smaller increments of time. In yet other instances, the threshold period of time is no more than one day. In other instances, the threshold period of time is no more than half a day. In other examples, the predetermined period of time is at least 10 hours. In still further instances, the predetermined period of time can be set to at least 8 hours or at least 6 hours, or at least 4 hours, or at least 2 hours, or for smaller increments of time. In some embodiments, the threshold period of time can be set by a user and input into the aquatic application 100 via the user device 160 or another user interface. In some instances, the threshold period of time may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single value for the threshold period of time, the central controller 150 may utilize a threshold time range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In some embodiments, the central controller 150 can determine an optimal threshold period of time based on system information (e.g., the system information discussed with reference to FIG. 66).

If the set timer is less than the threshold period of time or the threshold time range, then the central controller 150 can be designed to maintain or return the system to the filtration mode until the timer elapses and the cleaning operation is initiated. However, if the set timer is greater than the threshold period of time, then at step 7160, the controller can set a backwash operational timer.

At step 7160, the central controller 150 can set the backwash operational timer for a timer period that is a fraction of (i.e., less than) the time set for the chemical cleaning operation. In some instances, the backwash operational timer is set for approximately half the time as the chemical cleaning operational timer. In other instances, the backwash operational timer is set for approximately one-third the time as the chemical cleaning operational timer. In yet other instances, the backwash operational timer is set for no more than about half the time as the chemical cleaning operational timer. In some other instances, the backwash operational timer is set for no more than about one-third the time as the chemical cleaning operational timer. In yet other instances, the backwash operational timer is set for no more than half the time as the chemical cleaning operational timer. In some other instances, the backwash operational timer is set for no more than one-third the time as the chemical cleaning operational timer. The backwash operational timer may be set for time periods that are even smaller fractions of the chemical cleaning operational timer than those previously recited. Thus, a backwash operational procedure can be performed prior to the chemical operational procedure. Because the backwash operational procedure may not be scheduled to be immediately performed, the central controller 150 can be designed to maintain or return the system to the filtration mode until it the backwash operational timer elapses and the system is transitioned to the backwash operational mode.

FIG. 72 illustrates a method 7200 for updating backwash parameter values based on pool water temperature. In certain instances, the method 7200 may be implemented by a controller (e.g., the central controller 150 of FIG. 1). The method 7200 can be utilized in a pool automation system or in an aquatic environment (e.g., aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1) that includes any of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein. For example, the hybrid filter assembly may be provided in the form of a first filtration stage and a second filtration stage (e.g., a prefilter and one or more membrane filters). In some instances, the first filtration stage can be a granular-bed depth-type filter, such as a sand filter or a glass filter (e.g., an activated glass filter). In some instances, the depth-type filter can include a pre-coat type media, such as diatomaceous earth. In some instances, the method 7200 can be implemented as computer readable instructions on a non-transitory medium (e.g., a random access memory, a hard drive, etc.) and executed by a processor (e.g., a CPU, a GPU, etc.).

At a step 7204, the central controller 150 can receive one or more predetermined backwash parameter values. The one or more predetermined backwash parameter values can include values for one or more backwash parameters. In some instances, the one or more predetermined backwash parameter values can include a permeability threshold value and/or a dose value. The permeability threshold value can be associated with one or more filters such as membrane filters. The permeability threshold value can represent a threshold value at which the one or more membrane filters may require a chemical soak and/or a backwash process in order to maintain filter performance. The one or more predetermined backwash parameter values can include one or more temperature threshold values.

In some instances, the dose value can be an amount or quantity of a chemical cleaning agent provided to the one or more membrane filters during a soak cycle prior to backwashing the one or more membrane filters. The soaking cycle may provide the chemical cleaning agent with time to neutralize contaminants within the one or more membrane filters and may facilitate a more effective cleaning process as compared to simply backwashing the one or more membrane filters without previously executing a soak cycle. In some instances, the chemical cleaning agent may be selected from the group consisting of a chlorine-containing compound, a chlorine-containing solution, a bromine-containing compound, a bromine-containing solution, a bleaching agent, an acidic solution, and combinations thereof. In some such instances, the chemical cleaning agent may be selected from the group consisting of calcium hypochlorite, trichloroisocyanuric acid, dichloro-s-triazinetrione, and combinations thereof. In yet other instances, the chemical cleaning agent can be chlorine.

In some instances, the predetermined backwash parameter values can be default and/or factory values (e.g., the preset values of an automation controller as shipped from a production facility). In some instances, the predetermined backwash parameter values can be provided by a user. In other instances, the predetermined backwash parameter values may be determined by the central controller 150 after the hybrid filter assembly is initialized for the first time and the controller receives performance information from the hybrid filter assembly.

At a step 7208, the central controller 150 can receive a pool water temperature value. The central controller 150 can receive the pool temperature value from a temperature sensor located within, proximate to, or adjacent to the pool. For example, the temperature sensor can be in fluid communication with the pool. In certain instances, the temperature sensor may be fluidly coupled to the plumbing or conduits forming a closed loop fluid circuit associated with the pool components of the pool (e.g., the pool components 102 designed for use with the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1).

At a step 7212, the central controller 150 can determine whether the pool water temperature value is below a first temperature threshold value. The first temperature threshold value may be a predetermined temperature threshold value at which the effectiveness of the one or more membrane filters may be impacted if the one or more membrane filters are not backwashed. For example, at lower pool water temperatures, the one or more membrane filters may require more frequent backwashing.

In certain instances, the first temperature threshold may be imparted with a value of about 10 degrees Celsius to about 40 degrees Celsius (or 10 degrees Celsius to 40 degrees Celsius), although the first temperature threshold may be somewhat less or somewhat greater than these values. For example, the first temperature threshold may be imparted with a value of about 10 to 15 degrees Celsius (or 10 to 15 degrees Celsius). As an additional example, the first temperature threshold may be imparted with a value of about 25 to 28 degrees Celsius (or 25 to 28 degrees Celsius). As yet another example, the first temperature threshold may be imparted with a value of about 28 to 31 degrees Celsius (or 28 to 31 degrees Celsius). For example, the first temperature threshold may be imparted with a value of about 35 to 40 degrees Celsius (or 35 to 40 degrees Celsius). In certain instances, the first temperature threshold value may be imparted with a value of at least about 15 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 20 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 21 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 22 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 23 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 24 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 25 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 26 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 27 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 28 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 29 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 30 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 31 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 32 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 33 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 34 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 35 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 36 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 37 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 38 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 39 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least about 40 degrees Celsius. As a further example, the first temperature threshold value may be imparted with a value of at least 15 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 20 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 21 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 22 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 23 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 24 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 25 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 26 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 27 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 28 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 29 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 30 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 31 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 32 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 33 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 34 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 35 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 36 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 37 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 38 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 39 degrees Celsius, or a value of at least 40 degrees Celsius. In some instances, the first temperature threshold value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single first temperature threshold value, the central controller 150 may utilize a first temperature threshold range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

In some instances, the one or more predetermined backwash parameter values can include the first temperature threshold value. If the pool water temperature value is below the first temperature threshold value or the first temperature threshold range (i.e., “YES” at the step 7212), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7216. If the pool water temperature value is not below the first temperature threshold value (i.e., “NO” at the step 7212), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7220.

At the step 7216, the central controller 150 can decrease a permeability threshold value included in the backwash parameter values in response to determining that the pool water temperature value is below the first temperature threshold value. The permeability threshold value can be a value at which the membrane filters should be backwashed. In some instances, the central controller 150 can decrease the permeability threshold value by a predetermined amount (e.g., ten lmh/b) and/or a percentage (e.g., ten percent). For example, the predetermined amount that the central controller 150 decreases the permeability threshold value may be at least about 10 lmh/b, or at least about 20 lmh/b, or at least about 30 lmh/b, or at least about 40 lmh/b, or at least about 50 lmh/b, or at least about 60 lmh/b, or at least about 70 lmh/b, or at least about 80 lmh/b, or at least about 90 lmh/b, or at least about 100 lmh/b, or at least about 110 lmh/b, or at least about 120 lmh/b, or at least about 130 lmh/b, or at least about 140 lmh/b, or at least about 150 lmh/b, or at least about 160 lmh/b, or at least about 170 lmh/b, or at least about 180 lmh/b, or at least about 190 lmh/b, or at least about 200 lmh/b. As an additional example, the predetermined amount that the central controller 150 decreases the permeability threshold value may be at least 10 lmh/b, or at least 20 lmh/b, or at least 30 lmh/b, or at least 40 lmh/b, or at least 50 lmh/b, or at least 60 lmh/b, or at least 70 lmh/b, or at least 80 lmh/b, or at least 90 lmh/b, or at least 100 lmh/b, or at least 110 lmh/b, or at least 120 lmh/b, or at least 130 lmh/b, or at least 140 lmh/b, or at least 150 lmh/b, or at least 160 lmh/b, or at least 170 lmh/b, or at least 180 lmh/b, or at least 190 lmh/b, or at least 200 lmh/b. As another example, the predetermined amount that the central controller 150 decreases the permeability threshold value may be at least about 5 percent, or at least about 10 percent, or at least about 15 percent, or at least about 20 percent, or at least about 25 percent, or at least about 30 percent, or at least about 35 percent, or at least about 40 percent, or at least about 45 percent, or at least about 50 percent. As an additional example, the predetermined amount that the central controller 150 decreases the permeability threshold value may be at least 5 percent, or at least 10 percent, or at least 15 percent, or at least 20 percent, or at least 25 percent, or at least 30 percent, or at least 35 percent, or at least 40 percent, or at least 45 percent, or at least 50 percent. In certain instances, the predetermined amount that the central controller 150 decreases the permeability threshold value may be somewhat less or even greater than the values recited herein. In some instances, the predetermined value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single predetermined value, the central controller 150 may utilize a predetermined range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

At the step 7220, the central controller 150 can determine whether the pool water temperature value is below a second temperature threshold value. The second temperature threshold value can be a predetermined temperature threshold value (e.g., 20 degrees Celsius) at which the effectiveness of a chemical cleaning agent used in a chemical soak may be affected. Lower pool water temperatures may require a higher dose of chemical cleaning agent to provide an effective chemical soak as compared to instances in which the pool water temperature is higher. In some instances, the second temperature threshold value may be the same as the first temperature threshold value. In some instances, the second temperature threshold value may be different than the first temperature threshold value. In certain instances, the second temperature threshold value may be between about 10 degrees Celsius and about 25 degrees Celsius (or between 10 degrees Celsius and 25 degrees Celsius), although the second temperature threshold value may be greater than or less than these values. For example, the second temperature threshold value may be no more than about 25 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 24 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 23 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 22 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 21 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 20 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 19 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 18 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 17 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 16 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 15 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 14 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 13 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 12 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 11 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 10 degrees Celsius. As an additional example, the second temperature threshold value may be no more than 25 degrees Celsius, or no more than 24 degrees Celsius, or no more than 23 degrees Celsius, or no more than 22 degrees Celsius, or no more than 21 degrees Celsius, or no more than 20 degrees Celsius, or no more than 19 degrees Celsius, or no more than 18 degrees Celsius, or no more than 17 degrees Celsius, or no more than 16 degrees Celsius, or no more than 15 degrees Celsius, or no more than 14 degrees Celsius, or no more than 13 degrees Celsius, or no more than 12 degrees Celsius, or no more than 11 degrees Celsius, or no more than 10 degrees Celsius. In some instances, the second temperature threshold value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single second temperature threshold value, the central controller 150 may utilize a second temperature threshold range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In some instances, the one or more predetermined backwash parameter values can include the second temperature threshold value.

If the pool water temperature value is below the second temperature threshold value (i.e., “YES” at the step 7220), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7224. If the pool water temperature value is not below the first temperature threshold value (i.e., “NO” at the step 7212), the central controller 150 can proceed to the step 7208.

At the step 7224, the central controller 150 can increase the dose value included in the backwash parameter values in response to determining that the pool water temperature value is below the second temperature threshold value. In some instances, the central controller 150 can increase the dose value a predetermined amount (e.g., twenty ml) and/or a percentage (e.g., ten percent). For example, the central controller 150 can increase the dose value by at least about 1 ml, or at least about 5 ml, or at least about 10 ml, or at least about 15 ml, or at least about 20 ml, or at least about 25 ml, or at least about 30 ml, or at least about 35 ml, or at least about 40 ml, or at least about 45 ml, or at least about 50 ml, or at least about 60 ml, or at least about 70 ml, or at least about 80 ml, or at least about 90 ml, or at least about 100 ml, or at least about 125 ml, or at least about 150 ml, or at least about 175 ml, or at least about 200 ml, or at least about 250 ml, or at least about 300 ml, or at least about 350 ml, or at least about 400 ml, or at least about 450 ml, or at least about 500 ml, or at least about 600 ml, or at least about 700 ml, or at least about 800 ml, or at least about 900 ml, or at least about 1000 ml. As another example, the central controller 150 can increase the dose value by at least 1 ml, or at least 5 ml, or at least 10 ml, or at least 15 ml, or at least 20 ml, or at least 25 ml, or at least 30 ml, or at least 35 ml, or at least 40 ml, or at least 45 ml, or at least 50 ml, or at least 60 ml, or at least 70 ml, or at least 80 ml, or at least 90 ml, or at least 100 ml, or at least 125 ml, or at least 150 ml, or at least 175 ml, or at least 200 ml, or at least 250 ml, or at least 300 ml, or at least 350 ml, or at least 400 ml, or at least 450 ml, or at least 500 ml, or at least 600 ml, or at least 700 ml, or at least 800 ml, or at least 900 ml, or at least 1000 ml. As an additional example, the central controller 150 can increase the dose value by at least about 5 percent, or at least about 10 percent, or at least about 15 percent, or at least about 20 percent, or at least about 25 percent, or at least about 30 percent, or at least about 35 percent, or at least about 40 percent, or at least about 45 percent, or at least about 50 percent, or at least about 60 percent, or at least about 70 percent, or at least about 80 percent, or at least about 90 percent, or at least about 100 percent. As another example, the central controller 150 can increase the dose value by at least 5 percent, or at least 10 percent, or at least 15 percent, or at least 20 percent, or at least 25 percent, or at least 30 percent, or at least 35 percent, or at least 40 percent, or at least 45 percent, or at least 50 percent, or at least 60 percent, or at least 70 percent, or at least 80 percent, or at least 90 percent, or at least 100 percent. In certain instances, the predetermined amount that the central controller 150 increases the dose value may be somewhat less or even greater than the values recited herein. In some instances, the increase of the dose value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single value for the amount the dose is increased by, the central controller 150 may utilize a predetermined range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

Turning now to FIG. 73, a method 7300 for updating one or more backwash parameter values based on one or more pool operational parameter values is shown. The method 7300 can be utilized in a pool automation system or in an aquatic environment (e.g., aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1) that includes any of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein. For example, the hybrid filter assembly may be provided in the form of a first filtration stage and a second filtration stage (e.g., a prefilter and one or more membrane filters). In some instances, the first filtration stage can be a granular-bed depth-type filter, such as a sand filter or a glass filter (e.g., an activated glass filter). In some instances, the depth-type filter can include a pre-coat type media, such as diatomaceous earth. In some instances, the method 7300 can be implemented as computer readable instructions on a non-transitory medium (e.g., a random access memory, a hard drive, etc.) and executed by a processor (e.g., a CPU, a GPU, etc.).

At a step 7304, the central controller 150 can receive one or more predetermined backwash parameter values. In some instances, the predetermined backwash parameter values can be similar to or the same as the one or more predetermined backwash parameter values described above in conjunction with the method 7200 in FIG. 72.

In some instances, the one or more predetermined backwash parameter values can include a permeability threshold value, a dose value, a soak time value, a flux rate threshold value, an oxidation-reduction potential (ORP) threshold value, a run time value, and/or a usage value. The one or more predetermined backwash parameter values can include one or more temperature threshold values.

The permeability threshold value can be associated with one or more filters such as membrane filters. The permeability threshold value can represent a threshold at which the one or more membrane filters may require a chemical soak and/or backwash process in order to maintain suitable filter performance.

The dose value can be an amount of a chemical that is applied to one or more membrane filters during a soak cycle prior to backwashing the one or more membrane filters. The soaking cycle can allow the chemical to better prepare the one or more membrane filters for cleaning as compared to simply backwashing the one or more membrane filters without previously executing a soak cycle. In some instances, the chemical cleaning agent may be selected from the group consisting of a chlorine-containing compound, a chlorine-containing solution, a bromine-containing compound, a bromine-containing solution, a bleaching agent, an acidic solution, and combinations thereof. In some such instances, the chemical cleaning agent may be selected from the group consisting of calcium hypochlorite, trichloroisocyanuric acid, dichloro-s-triazinetrione, and combinations thereof. In yet other instances, the chemical cleaning agent can be chlorine.

The soak time value can be a length of time that the chemical cleaning agent is applied to a membrane before flushing. In some instances, the soak time can be about 1 hour to about 24 hours (or 1 hour to 24 hours), although the soak time may be imparted with a value that is less than or greater than the times described herein. For example, the soak time may be imparted with a value of at least about 30 minutes, or at least about 1 hour, or at least about 2 hours, or at least about 3 hours, or at least about 4 hours, or at least about 5 hours, or at least about 6 hours, or at least about 7 hours, or at least about 8 hours, or at least about 9 hours, or at least about 10 hours, or at least about 11 hours, or at least about 12 hours, or at least about 13 hours, or at least about 14 hours, or at least about 15 hours, or at least about 16 hours, or at least about 17 hours, or at least about 18 hours, or at least about 19 hours, or at least about 20 hours, or at least about 21 hours, or at least about 22 hours, or at least about 23 hours, or at least about 24 hours. As an additional example, the soak time may be imparted with a value of at least 30 minutes, or at least 1 hour, or at least 2 hours, or at least 3 hours, or at least 4 hours, or at least 5 hours, or at least 6 hours, or at least 7 hours, or at least 8 hours, or at least 9 hours, or at least 10 hours, or at least 11 hours, or at least 12 hours, or at least 13 hours, or at least 14 hours, or at least 15 hours, or at least 16 hours, or at least 17 hours, or at least 18 hours, or at least 19 hours, or at least 20 hours, or at least 21 hours, or at least 22 hours, or at least 23 hours, or at least 24 hours.

In some instances, the flux rate threshold value can represent a threshold at which debris may be present in the filter. In some instances, flux rate threshold value can represent a threshold at which fluid may be flowing through the one or more membrane filters or the hybrid filter assembly at a rate that reduced the need to backwash the one or more membrane filters or the hybrid filter assembly. In some instances, the flux rate threshold value may be imparted with a value of about 100 to about 300 (or a value of 100 to 300), although the flux rate threshold value may be somewhat less or even greater than these values. For example, the flux rate threshold value may be imparted with a value of at least about 100 lmh/b, or at least about 125 lmh/b, or at least about 150 lmh/b, or at least about 175 lmh/b, or at least about 200 lmh/b, or at least about 225 lmh/b, or at least about 250 lmh/b, or at least about 275 lmh/b or at least about 300 lmh/b. As an additional example, the flux rate threshold value may be imparted with a value of at least 100 lmh/b, or at least 125 lmh/b, or at least 150 lmh/b, or at least 175 lmh/b, or at least 200 lmh/b, or at least 225 lmh/b, or at least 250 lmh/b, or at least 275 lmh/b or at least 300 lmh/b. In some instances, the flux rate threshold value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single flux rate threshold value, the central controller 150 may utilize a flux rate threshold range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

The ORP threshold value can be an ORP value at which the membrane may require different backwash settings. In some instances, the ORP threshold value may be imparted with a value of about 650 to about 750, although the ORP threshold value may be less or greater than these values. For example, the ORP threshold value may be imparted with a value of about 650, or about 675, or about 700, or about 725, or about 750. As an additional example, the ORP threshold value may be imparted with a value of 650, or 675, or 700, or 725, or 750. In some instances, the ORP threshold value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single ORP threshold value, the central controller 150 may utilize a first ORP range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

In some instances, the predetermined backwash parameter values can be default and/or factory values (e.g., the preset values of an automation controller as shipped from a production facility). In other instances, the predetermined backwash parameter values can be provided by a user. In yet other instances, the predetermined backwash parameter values may be determined by the central controller 150 after the hybrid filter assembly is initialized for the first time and the controller receives performance information from the hybrid filter assembly.

In some instances, the run time value can be an amount of time in which the hybrid filter assembly has been used. In some instances, the run time value can be represented in minutes, hours and/or days. In some instances, the usage value can be generated based on multiple parameter values. For example, the usage value can be generated based on the run time value and a volume value. For example, the usage value can be calculated as a number of days the hybrid filter assembly has been in service multiplied by a daily volume that flows through the filter. In some instances, the usage value can be a total amount of water that has flowed through the hybrid filter assembly.

At a step 7308, the central controller 150 can receive one or more pool operational parameter values. In some instances, the one or more pool operational parameter values can include a pool water temperature value, an ORP value, and/or a flux rate value. The central controller 150 can receive the pool temperature value from a temperature sensor located within, proximate to, or adjacent to the pool. For example, the temperature sensor can be in fluid communication with the pool. In certain instances, the temperature sensor may be fluidly coupled to the plumbing or conduits forming a closed loop fluid circuit associated with the pool components of the pool (e.g., the pool components 102 designed for use with the swimming pool 110 of FIG. 1). The central controller 150 can receive the ORP value from an ORP sensor located within, proximate to, or adjacent to the pool. For example, the ORP sensor can be in fluid communication with the pool. In certain instances, the ORP sensor may be fluidly coupled to the plumbing or conduits forming a closed loop fluid circuit associated with the pool components of the pool (e.g., the pool components 102 of FIG. 1). The central controller 150 can receive the flux rate value from a flow meter in fluid communication with the membrane. The flux rate value can be associated with a forward flow and/or filtering direction within the membrane.

In some instances, the one or more pool operational parameter values can include one or more timer values. In some instances, the timer value can correspond to a time elapsed since installation of the filter. In some instances, the timer value can correspond to the time elapsed since a backwash or soak cycle. In some instances, the one or more timer values can be generated based on timers initiated at the step 7304.

In some instances, the one or more pool operational parameter values can include an updated run time value and/or an updated usage value. In some instances, the updated run time value can be an amount of time in which the one or more membrane filters and/or the hybrid filter assembly has been used. In some instances, the updated run time value can be represented in hours and/or days. In some instances, the updated usage value can be generated based on multiple parameter values. For example, the updated usage value can be generated based on the run time value and a volume value. For example, the updated usage value can be calculated as a number of days the one or more membrane filters and/or the hybrid filter assembly has been in service multiplied by a daily volume that flows through the one or more membrane filters and/or the hybrid filter assembly. In some instances, the updated usage value can be a total amount of water that has flowed through the one or more membrane filters and/or the hybrid filter assembly.

At a step 7312, the central controller 150 can determine whether to adjust the one or more backwash parameter values based on the one or more pool operational parameter values. In some instances, the central controller 150 may determine not to adjust any of the backwash parameter values based on the one or more pool operational parameter values.

In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the permeability threshold value should be decreased based on the pool water temperature value. The central controller 150 can determine whether the pool water temperature value is below a first temperature threshold value. The first temperature threshold value can be a predetermined temperature threshold value (e.g., 22 degrees Celsius, any of the first temperature threshold values discussed with reference to FIG. 72) at which the effectiveness of the one or more membrane filter and/or the hybrid filter assembly may be impacted if not backwashed. In some instances, the one or more predetermined backwash parameter values can include the first temperature threshold value. The central controller 150 can determine that the permeability threshold value should be decreased in response to determining that the pool water temperature value is below the first temperature threshold value. In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the permeability threshold value should be decreased by a predetermined amount (e.g., ten lmh/b) and/or a percentage (e.g., ten percent). At lower pool water temperatures, the one or more membrane filters may require more frequent backwashing.

In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the dose value should be increased based on the pool water temperature value. The central controller 150 can determine that the pool water temperature value is below a second temperature threshold value. The second temperature threshold value can be a predetermined temperature threshold value (e.g., 20 degrees Celsius, any of the second temperature threshold values discussed with reference to FIG. 72) at which the effectiveness of a chemical cleaning agent used in a chemical soak may be affected. Lower pool water temperatures may require a higher dose of chemical cleaning agent to provide an effective chemical soak as compared to instances in which the pool water temperature is higher. In some instances, the second temperature threshold value may be the same as the first temperature threshold value. In some instances, the second temperature threshold value may be different than the first temperature threshold value. In some instances, the one or more predetermined backwash parameter values can include the second temperature threshold value. The central controller 150 can determine that the dose value included in the backwash parameter values should be increased in response to determining that the pool water temperature value is below the second temperature threshold value. In some instances, the central controller 150 can increase the dose value a predetermined amount (e.g., twenty ml) and/or a percentage (e.g., ten percent).

In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the dose value should be increased based on the ORP value. The central controller 150 can determine that the ORP value is below the ORP threshold value, and in response, determine that the dose value should be increased. If the ORP value is below the ORP threshold value, the membrane may require greater cleaning. In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the dose value should be decreased based on the ORP value. The central controller 150 can determine that the ORP value is above the ORP threshold value, and in response, determine that the dose value should be decreased.

In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the permeability threshold value should be decreased based on the ORP value. The central controller 150 can determine that the ORP value is above the ORP threshold value, and in response, determine that the permeability threshold value should be decreased. In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the permeability threshold value should be increased based on the ORP value. The central controller 150 can determine that the ORP value is below the ORP threshold value, and in response, determine that the permeability threshold value should be increased.

In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the soak time value should be decreased based on the ORP value. The central controller 150 can determine that the ORP value is above the ORP threshold value, and in response, determine that the soak time value should be decreased. In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the soak time value should be increased based on the ORP value. The central controller 150 can determine that the ORP value is below the ORP threshold value, and in response, determine that the soak time value should be decreased.

In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the permeability threshold value should be decreased based on the flux rate value. The central controller 150 can determine that the flux rate value is above the flux rate threshold value, and in response, determine that the permeability threshold value should be decreased based on the flux rate value. If the flux rate value is above the flux rate threshold value, the membrane may require greater and/or more frequent cleaning in order to clear debris from the membrane. In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine that the permeability threshold value should be increased based on the flux rate value. The central controller 150 can determine that the flux rate value is below the flux rate threshold value and in response, determine that the permeability threshold value should be increased based on the flux rate value. If the flux rate value is below the flux rate threshold value, the membrane may require lesser and/or less frequent cleaning in order to clear debris from the membrane.

At a step 7316, if the central controller 150 determined to make an adjustment to one or more backwash parameter values (i.e., “YES” at the step 7316), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7320. If the central controller 150 determined nor to make an adjustment to any backwash parameter values (i.e., “NO” at the step 7316), the central controller 150 can proceed to the step 7308.

At the step 7320, the central controller 150 can modify one or more backwash parameter values as determined at the step 7312.

Turning now to FIG. 74, a method 7400 for updating a permeability threshold value is shown. The method 7400 can be utilized in a pool automation system or in an aquatic environment (e.g., aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1) that includes any of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein. For example, the hybrid filter assembly may be provided in the form of a first filtration stage and a second filtration stage (e.g., a prefilter and one or more membrane filters). In some instances, the first filtration stage can be a granular-bed depth-type filter, such as a sand filter or a glass filter (e.g., an activated glass filter). In some instances, the glass filter can include glass media such as diatomaceous earth. In some instances, the method 7400 can be implemented as computer readable instructions on a non-transitory medium (e.g., a random access memory, a hard drive, etc.) and executed by a processor (e.g., a CPU, a GPU, etc.).

At a step 7404, the central controller 150 can perform a backwash cycle. The backwash cycle may include one or more of a chemical soak stage and a backwash stage. The chemical soak stage can include an application of a chemical cleaning agent (e.g., chlorine) to one or more membrane filters, followed by a predetermined time period to let the chemical cleaning agent soak into the one or more membrane filters (e.g., at least eight hours, any of the soak time values discussed with reference to FIG. 73). The backwash stage can include an application of water in a reverse flow direction as compared to regular operation of the one or more membrane filters. In some instances, the central controller 150 may receive a notification that a backwash cycle has been performed rather than or in addition to causing a filter system (i.e., the hybrid filter assembly) to run a backwash cycle.

At a step 7408, the central controller 150 can determine a permeability value after the backwash cycle has completed. The permeability value can be associated with the hybrid filter assembly and/or the one or more membrane of the hybrid filter assembly. The central controller 150 can determine the permeability value based on a number of preset, sensed, and/or calculated parameter values such as flux, system flow, membrane surface area, transmembrane pressure, filter headloss, inlet pressure, outlet pressure, viscosity, water temperature, and constant values. In some instances, the process can determine permeability of the hybrid filter assembly and/or the one or more membranes based on Formula III above.

At a step 7412, the central controller 150 can determine if sufficient backwash cycles have been performed. In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine if sufficient backwash cycles have been performed based on a predetermined threshold number of backwash cycles (e.g., five cycles). In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine if sufficient backwash cycles have been performed based on a predetermined number of backwash cycles that have occurred over a predetermined time period (e.g., a backwards looking time window). In some instances, the predetermined number of backwash cycles may be five backwash cycles, and the predetermined time period may be thirty days. For example, the central controller 150 may determine that four backwash cycles have been performed in the past thirty days and determine that sufficient backwash cycles have been performed. As an additional example, when evaluating the number of backwash cycles performed over a predetermined time period of 30 days, the predetermined number of backwash cycles may be imparted with a value of at least about 0 backwashes, or at least about 2 backwashes, or at least about 5 backwashes, or at least about 10 backwashes, or at least about 15 backwashes, or at least about 20 backwashes, or at least about 25 backwashes, or at least about 30 backwashes. As another example, when evaluating the number of backwash cycles performed over a predetermined time period of 30 days, the predetermined number of backwash cycles may be imparted with a value of at least 0 backwashes, or at least 2 backwashes, or at least 5 backwashes, or at least 10 backwashes, or at least 15 backwashes, or at least 20 backwashes, or at least 25 backwashes, or at least 30 backwashes. In certain instances, the predetermined number of backwash cycles may be somewhat less or even greater than the values recited herein. In some instances, the predetermined number of backwash cycles may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single value for the predetermined number of backwash cycles, the central controller 150 may utilize a range of values that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In some instances, the predetermined time period may be imparted with a value other than 30 days. For example, the predetermined time period may be imparted with a value of about 7 days, or about 14 days, or about 21 days, or about 30 days, or about 45 days, or about 60 days. As an additional example, the predetermined time period may be imparted with a value of 7 days, or 14 days, or 21 days, or 30 days, or 45 days, or 60 days. In certain instances, the predetermined time period may be somewhat less or somewhat greater than the values recited herein. In some instances, the predetermined time period may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single value for the predetermined time period, the central controller 150 may utilize a range of values that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above.

In some instances, the central controller 150 may determine if the number of backwash cycles performed is less than the predetermined threshold number of backwash cycles, and thereby determine that sufficient backwash cycles have not been performed. Alternatively, if the number of backwash cycles performed is equal to or greater than the predetermined threshold number of backwash cycles, the central controller 150 can determine that sufficient backwash cycles have been performed. If sufficient backwash cycles have been performed (i.e., “YES” at a step 7412), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7416. If sufficient backwash cycles have not been performed (i.e., “NO” at the step 7412), the central controller 150 can proceed to 7404.

At the step 7416, the central controller 150 can determine a permeability increase metric based on at least a portion of the permeability values generated at 7408. The central controller 150 may calculate the increase in permeability based on a most recent permeability value (i.e., the most recent permeability value generated at 7408) and a historical permeability value generated at the step 7408. The historical permeability value can be the permeability value generated after a backwash cycle a predetermined number of backwash cycles before the most recent permeability value. In some instances, the predetermined number of backwash cycles can be equal to the predetermined threshold number of backwash cycles. For example, the historical permeability value may be associated with a backwash cycle that occurred five backwash cycles before the backwash cycle associated with the most recent permeability value. In some instances, the permeability increase metric can be the difference between the most recent permeability value and the historical value. In some instances, the permeability increase metric can be the ratio between the most recent permeability value and the historical value.

At a step 7420, the central controller 150 can determine if the permeability increase metric meets a predetermined first permeability increase threshold value. In some instances, the predetermined first permeability increase threshold value may be a predetermined permeability value (e.g., if the permeability increase metric is the difference between the most recent permeability value and the historical value). For example, the first permeability increase threshold may be about two hundred lmh/b. As an additional example, the first permeability increase threshold may be imparted with a value of no more than about 250 lmh/b, or no more than about 225 lmh/b, or no more than about 200 lmh/b, or no more than about 175 lmh/b, or no more than about 150 lmh/b, or no more than about 125 lmh/b, or no more than about 100 lmh/b, or no more than about 75 lmh/b, or no more than about 50 lmh/b, or no more than about 25 lmh/b. As another example, the first permeability increase threshold may be imparted with a value of no more than 250 lmh/b, or no more than 225 lmh/b, or no more than 200 lmh/b, or no more than 175 lmh/b, or no more than 150 lmh/b, or no more than 125 lmh/b, or no more than 100 lmh/b, or no more than 75 lmh/b, or no more than 50 lmh/b, or no more than 25 lmh/b. In certain instances, the first permeability increase threshold may be somewhat less or even greater than the values recited herein. In some instances, the first permeability increase threshold may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In some instances, the predetermined first permeability increase threshold value may be a predetermined ratio (e.g., if the permeability increase metric is the ratio between the most recent permeability value and the historical value) or a range of values. The first permeability increase threshold value can be used to determine if the permeability threshold value can be increased if the previous backwashes have substantially improved the permeability of the one or more membrane filters and/or the hybrid filter assembly. In particular, if the permeability has improved substantially, then the central controller 150 can determine to increase the permeability threshold value, which may potentially reduce the number of backwashes required and/or extend the life of the one or more membrane filters. The central controller 150 may determine that the permeability increase metric meets the predetermined first permeability increase threshold value if the permeability increase metric is greater than or equal to the predetermined first permeability increase threshold value. The central controller 150 may determine that the permeability increase metric does not meet the predetermined first permeability increase threshold value if the permeability increase metric is less than the predetermined first permeability increase threshold value. If the permeability increase metric meets the predetermined first permeability increase threshold value (i.e., “YES” at the step 7420), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7424. If the permeability increase metric does not meet the predetermined first permeability increase threshold value (i.e., “NO” at the step 7420), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7428.

At the step 7424, the central controller 150 can increase the permeability threshold value in response to determining that the permeability increase metric meets the predetermined first permeability increase threshold value. The permeability threshold value can be a value at which the one or more membrane filters and/or the hybrid filter assembly require backwashing. In some instances, the central controller 150 can increase the permeability threshold value by a predetermined amount (e.g., twenty lmh/b) and/or a percentage (e.g., ten percent).

At the step 7428, the central controller 150 can determine if the permeability increase metric meets a predetermined second permeability increase threshold value. In some instances, the predetermined second permeability increase threshold value may be a predetermined permeability value (e.g., if the permeability increase metric is the difference between the most recent permeability value and the historical value). For example, the second permeability increase threshold may be about twenty lmh/b. As an additional example, the second permeability increase threshold may be imparted with a value of no more than about 250 lmh/b, or no more than about 225 lmh/b, or no more than about 200 lmh/b, or no more than about 175 lmh/b, or no more than about 150 lmh/b, or no more than about 125 lmh/b, or no more than about 100 lmh/b, or no more than about 75 lmh/b, or no more than about 50 lmh/b, or no more than about 25 lmh/b. As another example, the second permeability increase threshold may be imparted with a value of no more than 250 lmh/b, or no more than 225 lmh/b, or no more than 200 lmh/b, or no more than 175 lmh/b, or no more than 150 lmh/b, or no more than 125 lmh/b, or no more than 100 lmh/b, or no more than 75 lmh/b, or no more than 50 lmh/b, or no more than 25 lmh/b, or no more than 15 lmh/b. In certain instances, the second permeability increase threshold may be somewhat less or even greater than the values recited herein. In some instances, the second permeability increase threshold may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In some instances, the predetermined second permeability increase threshold value may be a predetermined ratio (e.g., if the permeability increase metric is the ratio between the most recent permeability value and the historical value) or a range of values. The central controller 150 may determine that the permeability increase metric meets the predetermined second permeability increase threshold value if the permeability increase metric is greater than or equal to the predetermined second permeability increase threshold value. The central controller 150 may determine that the permeability increase metric does not meet the predetermined second permeability increase threshold value if the permeability increase metric is less than the predetermined second permeability increase threshold value. If the permeability increase metric meets the predetermined second permeability increase threshold value (i.e., “YES” at the step 7428), the central controller 150 can proceed to 7404. If the permeability increase metric does not meet the predetermined second permeability increase threshold value (i.e., “NO” at the step 7428), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7432.

At the step 7432, the central controller 150 can modify one or more backwash performance parameter values in response to determining that the permeability increase metric does not meet the predetermined permeability increase threshold value. The central controller 150 can modify one or more backwash performance parameter values to potentially increase permeability after future backwash cycles. In some instances, the backwash performance parameters can include a chemical dosage amount value (e.g., an amount of chemical agent provided to the one or more membrane filters) and/or a soak time value (e.g., a time period to let the chemical soak into the one or more membrane filters). In some instances, the central controller 150 can increase the chemical dosage amount value and/or increase the soak time value. In some instances, the central controller 150 may direct that a notification to be sent to a user (e.g., a pool owner) to check the hybrid filter assembly.

Referring now to FIG. 75, a method 7500 for determining a permeability value is shown. The method 7500 can be utilized in a pool automation system or in an aquatic environment (e.g., aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1) that includes any of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein. For example, the hybrid filter assembly may be provided in the form of a first filtration stage and a second filtration stage (e.g., a prefilter and one or more membrane filters). In some instances, the first filtration stage can be a granular-bed depth-type filter, such as a sand filter or a glass filter (e.g., an activated glass filter). In some instances, the glass filter can include glass media such as diatomaceous earth. In some instances, the method 7500 can be implemented as computer readable instructions on a non-transitory medium (e.g., a random access memory, a hard drive, etc.) and executed by a processor (e.g., a CPU, a GPU, etc.).

At a step 7504, the central controller 150 can receive a pump flow rate value. In some instances, the central controller 150 can receive the pump flow rate value from a pump and/or a flow sensor.

At a step 7508, the central controller 150 can determine if the pump flow rate value greater than a pump threshold value. The pump threshold value can be a predetermined value. In some instances, the predetermined value can be about forty-five GPM to about sixty GPM (or forty-five GPM to sixty GPM), although the predetermined value may be less than or greater than these values. In some instances, the predetermined value can be at least about forty-five GPM (or at least forty-five GPM). In some instances, the predetermined value can be at least about sixty GPM (or at least sixty GPM). If the pump flow rate value is greater than the pump threshold value (i.e., “YES” at the step 7508), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7512. If the pump flow rate value is not greater than the pump threshold value (i.e., “NO” at the step 7508), the central controller 150 can proceed to the step 7504.

At the step 7512, the central controller 150 can determine a permeability value in response to determining that the pump flow rate value is not greater than the pump threshold value. In this way, the central controller 150 can determine the permeability value at a relatively lower pump flow rate, which may provide more accurate permeability value determinations. The central controller 150 can determine the permeability value based on a number of preset, sensed, and/or calculated parameter values such as flux, system flow, membrane surface area, transmembrane pressure, filter headloss, inlet pressure, outlet pressure, viscosity, water temperature, and constant values. In some instances, the central controller 150 can determine permeability of the hybrid filter assembly and/or the one or more membranes based on Formula III above.

At a step 7516, the central controller 150 can generate an effective pressure value based on the permeability value. In some instances, the effective pressure value can be a pressure drop value.

At a step 7520, the central controller 150 can cause the effective pressure value to be displayed to a user. Certain users may prefer to see a pressure drop value rather or other effective pressure value instead of a permeability value.

Turning now to FIG. 76, a method 7600 for performing a preliminary deaeration cycle before a backwash cycle is shown. The method 7600 can be utilized in a pool automation system or in an aquatic environment (e.g., aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1) that includes any of the hybrid filter assemblies described herein. For example, the hybrid filter assembly may be provided in the form of a first filtration stage and a second filtration stage (e.g., a prefilter and one or more membrane filters). In some instances, the first filtration stage can be a granular-bed depth-type filter, such as a sand filter or a glass filter (e.g., an activated glass filter). In some instances, the depth-type filter can include a pre-coat type media, such as diatomaceous earth. In some instances, the method 7600 can be implemented as computer readable instructions on a non-transitory medium (e.g., a random access memory, a hard drive, etc.) and executed by a processor (e.g., a CPU, a GPU, etc.).

At a step 7604, the central controller 150 can receive a first permeability value. In some instances, the first permeability value can be associated with one or more membrane filters included in the hybrid filter assembly. In some instances, the first permeability value can be generated based on Formula III above.

At a step 7608, the central controller 150 can determine if the first permeability value is below a permeability threshold value. The permeability threshold value can be associated with one or more of the membrane filters included in the hybrid filter assembly. The permeability threshold value can represent a threshold at which the one or more membrane filters may require a chemical cleaning agent soak and/or backwash process in order to maintain suitable filter performance. If the central controller 150 determines that the first permeability value is not below the permeability threshold value (i.e., “NO” at the step 7608), the central controller 150 can proceed to the step 7604. If the central controller 150 determines that the first permeability value is below the permeability threshold value (i.e., “YES” at the step 7608), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7612.

At the step 7612, the central controller 150 can actuate a deaeration valve included in the one or more membrane filters and/or the hybrid filter assembly. In some instances, the deaeration valve may be provided in each housing of the one or more membrane filtration modules provided with the hybrid filter assemblies discussed herein. Permeability values may be affected by excess pressure in the one or more membranes and/or a housing containing the one or more membranes. The central controller 150 can actuate the deaeration valve to potentially reduce a pressure in the one or more membranes and/or a housing retaining the one or more membranes (e.g., the housing of the membrane filtration modules). Reducing the pressure of the one or more membranes and/or a housing retaining the one or more membranes may improve permeability value accuracy.

At a step 7616, the central controller 150 can receive a second permeability value. In some instances, the second permeability value can be associated with one or more membrane filters included in the hybrid filter. In some instances, the second permeability value can be generated based on Formula III above.

At a step 7620, the central controller 150 can determine if the second permeability value is below the permeability threshold value. If the central controller 150 determines that the second permeability value is not below the permeability threshold value (i.e., “NO” at the step 7608), the central controller 150 can proceed to the step 7604. If the central controller 150 determines that the second permeability value is below the permeability threshold value (i.e., “YES” at the step 7608), the central controller 150 can proceed to a step 7624.

At the step 7624, the central controller 150 can perform a backwash cycle. In some instances, the backwash cycle can include a rinse cycle. In some instances, the backwash cycle can include a chemical soak cycle followed by a rinse cycle.

Turning now to FIG. 77, a method 7700 for generating backwash instructions is shown. The method 7700 can be utilized in a pool automation system or an aquatic environment (e.g., aquatic application 100 of FIG. 1) that includes a hybrid filter assembly provided in the form of a first filtration stage and a second filtration stage (e.g., a prefilter and one or more membrane filters). In some instances, the prefilter can be a granular-bed depth-type filter, such as a sand filter or a glass filter (e.g., an activated glass filter). In some instances, the depth-type filter can include a pre-coat type media, such as diatomaceous earth. In some instances, the method 7700 can be implemented as computer readable instructions on a non-transitory medium (e.g., a random access memory, a hard drive, etc.) and executed by a processor (e.g., a CPU, a GPU, etc.).

At 7704, the central controller 150 can receive a request to backwash a pool filter system. The filter system can include any of the hybrid filter assemblies discussed herein. In some instances, the central controller 150 can receive the request from the pool automation system. For example, the central controller 150 can receive the request from a controller included in the pool automation system. In some instances, the central controller 150 can receive the request from a user device operably coupled to and in communication with the pool automation system. In other instances, the request can be provided by the central controller to one or more local controllers associated with the pool components 102 of FIG. 1. In yet other instances, the request can be provided to the local controllers of the pool components 102 independently of the central controller 150.

At 7708, the central controller 150 can receive a pool water temperature value. The central controller 150 can receive the pool water temperature value from a temperature sensor located within, proximate to, or adjacent to the pool. For example, the temperature sensor can be in fluid communication with the pool. In certain instances, the temperature sensor may be fluidly coupled to the plumbing or conduits forming a closed loop fluid circuit associated with the pool components of the pool (e.g., the pool components 102 of FIG. 1 designed for use with the swimming pool 110).

At 7712, the central controller 150 can determine whether the pool water temperature value is below a temperature threshold value. The temperature threshold value can be a predetermined temperature threshold value. In some instances, the temperature threshold value can be a value below which the one or more membranes may not require as frequent backwashing or, in certain instances, any backwashing. More particularly, below certain temperatures (e.g., about 13 degrees Celsius), bacteria may not grow as quickly, and backwash cycles may not be needed as frequently or at all as compared to higher temperatures. In some instances, the pool water temperature threshold value can be about 10 degrees Celsius to about 13 degrees Celsius (or 10 degrees Celsius to 13 degrees Celsius), although the pool water temperature threshold value may be somewhat higher or even lower than these values. For example, the pool water temperature threshold value may be imparted with a value of no more than about 13 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 12 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 11 degrees Celsius, or no more than about 10 degrees Celsius. As an additional example, the pool water temperature threshold value may be imparted with a value of no more than 13 degrees Celsius, or no more than 12 degrees Celsius, or no more than 11 degrees Celsius, or no more than 10 degrees Celsius. In some instances, the predetermined temperature threshold value may fall within a range bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. In other instances, instead of using a single predetermined temperature threshold value, the central controller 150 may utilize a predetermined temperature threshold range that may be bounded by any minimum value and any maximum value as described above. If the pool water temperature value is below the temperature threshold value (i.e., “YES” at 7712), the central controller 150 can proceed to 7716. If the pool water temperature value is not below the temperature threshold value (i.e., “NO” at 7712), the central controller 150 can proceed to 7720.

At 7716, the central controller 150 can backwash the prefilter without backwashing the one or more membrane filters. In some instances, the central controller 150 can backwash the prefilter without a chemical soak stage. In some instances, the central controller 150 can backwash the prefilter by performing a chemical soak stage followed by a water-based backwash stage. By not backwashing the one or more membrane filters, the central controller 150 can potentially extend the life of the one or more membrane filters.

At 7720, method 7700 can backwash the prefilter and the one or more membrane filters. In some instances, the central controller 150 can backwash the one or more membrane filters without a chemical soak stage. In some instances, the central controller 150 can backwash the one or more membrane filters by performing a chemical soak stage followed by a water-based backwash stage.

It is to be understood that the above methods described with reference to FIGS. 65-77 can be implemented in any of the systems and hybrid filter assemblies described herein. Accordingly, the methods 6500-7700 can include more or fewer steps depending on the embodiment. For example, each of the methods 6500-7700 may include steps related to implementing a targeted cleaning procedure.

Further, as discussed above, the central controller 150 can be designed to perform the above methods. Referring back to FIG. 1, the central controller 150 can receive data from one or more of the components of the aquatic application 100, analyze the data as discussed herein, and execute one or more of the methods described above. Thus, the central controller 150 can create a communication link that operatively connects the plurality of system components. Accordingly, the central controller 150 can include one or more of a receiver, a memory, a processor, and a transmitter.

The receiver can be designed to receive transmitted data from the aquatic application 100. For example, as discussed above, the aquatic application 100 can include one or more of a flow meter, a pressure transducer, a temperature sensor, and the like to monitor various system operational parameters. Thus, the receiver can receive the transmitted data from the one or more sensors. In some instances, the receiver can receive data inputs from a user. For example, a user can input a preferred schedule for a cleaning operation.

The memory can be designed to store system information received from the one or more system components and/or user inputs. In some instances, the memory can be integrated with one or more of the system components discussed herein. In other instances, the memory can be implemented as a standalone memory unit.

The processor can be a programmable processor communicatively coupled to the memory. In some embodiments, the programmable processor can include program instructions that are stored on a cloud server non-transitory computer readable medium and that are executable by the programmable processor to perform one or more of the methods described herein.

The transmitter can be designed to send the instructions from the processor to the one or more system components. Thus, the above methods can be automated.

Further, in some instances, one or more of the above methods can use machine learning (ML), artificial intelligence (AI), or similar, to iteratively train the central controller and improve the performance of the system based on one or more feedback parameters, characteristics, or similar. For example, in some instances, ML/AI can be used to predict an optimal cleaning schedule based on system data such as filter loading data, bather load data, geographic location of the system, weather data, user preferences, and the like. In some instances, ML/AI can be used to provide accurate chemical dosing and/or predict chemical usage trends. Thus, the system can be optimized to reduce fluctuations in the chemical dosage. This can be beneficial because it can reduce the likelihood of high chemical concentrations in the pool water which can irritate bathers. Additionally, it can help a user determine an amount of chemicals that are needed for the system and/or when to reorder chemicals.

Now, turning to FIGS. 78 and 79, graphs illustrating the effectiveness of the backwashing and chemical cleaning procedures as described above are shown. Referring first to FIG. 78, a hybrid filter assembly was tested for head loss, turbidity reduction, and cleanability at two locations in its filtration pathway. The hybrid filter assembly tested included a first filtration stage filled with 125 lbs. of Activated Filter Media (AFM) Grade 2 (0.7-2.0 mm). The second filtration stage was comprised of four integrated ultrafiltration (UF) filtration modules that were pressure-driven, hollow fiber PES/PVP filters. The first testing location in the hybrid filter assembly was the inlet to the midpoint portion of the flow path, located after the granular media portion of the filter (i.e., the first filtration stage 310) and before the UF portion of the filter (i.e., the second filtration stage 320). The second testing location was the inlet to the outlet port (i.e., the outlet port 280b).

The tests were conducted and evaluated according to the standards outlined in NSF/ANSI/CAN 50-2021, Sections 6.1.4, 6.1.8, and 6.1.9. The hybrid filter assembly was operated at a flow rate of approximately 40 gallons per minute (gpm). However, the headloss and cleanability portions of the testing were tested up to 70 gpm.

Tables 2 and 3 illustrate the hybrid filter assembly's headloss at the first and second test locations at various flow rates, respectively. The first test location (i.e., Inlet to Midpoint Headloss) was measured after the first filtration stage. The second test location (i.e., Inlet to Outlet Headloss) was measured at the outlet of the second filtration stage (e.g., the outlet of the hybrid filter assembly).

TABLE 2
Inlet to Midpoint Headloss
	% Flow	25%	57%	75%	100%
	Filtration Rate (gpm/ft2)	0.0	0.1	0.1	0.2
	Flow Rate (gpm)	17.6	40.1	52.4	70.1
	Total Head Loss (psi)	0.59	2.04	3.25	5.46

TABLE 3
Inlet to Outlet Headloss
	% Flow	25%	57%	75%	100%
	Filtration Rate (gpm/ft2)	0.0	0.1	0.1	0.2
	Flow Rate (gpm)	17.6	40.1	52.4	70.1
	Total Head Loss (psi)	2.82	7.90	11.50	17.35

As shown, as the flow rate increases, both the first filtration stage and the second filtration stage experienced higher pressure drops.

Table 4 illustrates the hybrid filter assembly's ability to remove turbidity from the fluid being filtered. The initial turbidity of the fluid being filtered was 0.34 NTU (Nephelometric Turbidity unit). The challenge turbidity was 44.3 NTU. The industry target (e.g., the NSF standards) for filter systems is a 70% reduction in turbidity within 5 turns/cycles of the system.

TABLE 4
	Midpoint	Turbidity	Effluent	Turbidity
Turn Over	Turbidity	Remaining Ratio	Turbidity	Remaining Ratio
1	15	0.33	1.6	0.03
2	6.31	0.14	0.76	0.01
3	3.06	0.06	0.41	0.00
4	1.82	0.03	0.32	0.00
5	1.1	0.017	0.3	−0.001

As can be seen, the hybrid filter assembly was able to reduce the turbidity levels in the filtered fluid to less than about 0.03 for all test cases. Further, it can be seen that for the present test case the hybrid filter assembly was able to reduce the challenge turbidity of 44.3 NTU's to about 1.6 NTU's. Thus, the hybrid filter assembly achieved about a 96% reduction in turbidity in a single pass or turnover of the system. However, some traditional single stage filter systems such as sand and cartridge filters can struggle to achieve the target 70% turbidity reduction with at least 5 turnovers. Thus, the hybrid filter assembly can out-perform multiple turnovers of a traditional single stage filter in just a single pass.

Further, Tables 5 and 6, and FIG. 78 illustrate the hybrid filter assembly's headloss after a cleaning procedure. After cleaning, the hybrid filter assembly's headloss was compared to the initial headloss measured before the hybrid filter assembly was soiled (see Tables 2 and 3 above). Thus, similar to the initial headloss test, the hybrid filter assembly's headloss after cleaning was measured at the first and second test locations. Accordingly, Table 5 shows the data from the first test location, and FIG. 6 shows the data from the second test location.

	TABLE 5
	Flow Rate (gpm)	17.4	40.1	52.5	70.2
	Total Head Loss (psi)	0.52	1.92	2.89	5.44

	TABLE 6
	Flow Rate (gpm)	17.4	40.1	52.5	70.2
	Total Head Loss (psi)	2.67	7.69	11.13	16.84

FIG. 78 shows a comparison of the initial headloss data (i.e., Tables 2 and 3) versus the headloss data after a backwash procedure (i.e., Tables 5 and 6). As can be seen, the hybrid filter assembly's headloss was approximately the same before and after being fouled and backwashed. Thus, it can be shown that the backwash was effective in removing the contaminants from the hybrid filter assembly and restoring the filter's performance to nearly the same as its initial performance.

Now turning to FIG. 79, a chart illustrating the effectiveness of a cleaning procedure including only a backwash procedure as compared to a cleaning procedure including a chemical cleaning procedure is shown. The values of the grey columns represent the initial permeability of the hybrid filter assembly prior to the hybrid filter assembly being fouled. As can be seen, the cleaning procedure including a chemical cleaning procedure was more effective than the cleaning procedure only including the backwash procedure. Further, in general, the higher the dosage of the chemical cleaning agent used during the chemical cleaning procedure, the higher the permeability recovery. Additionally, longer soak times during the chemical cleaning procedure appeared to also improve the permeability recovery.

The membrane module isolation valves, the deaeration valve assembly, the targeted cleaning procedures, and the other aspects of this disclosure may be implemented in the alternative hybrid filter assembly implementations. Several alternative hybrid filter assembly implementations are described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 18/936,550 and 18/936,822, each entitled “Hybrid Filter and Chemical Cleaning Assembly and Method,” filed on Nov. 4, 2024, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

Additional valve systems, such as a bypass valve assembly and a backwash assembly, may be implemented in any of the hybrid filter assemblies disclosed herein. Instances of such additional valve systems are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 18/949,316, entitled “Valve Systems for a Hybrid Filter,” filed on Nov. 15, 2024, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that while the above disclosure has been described above in connection with particular embodiments and examples, the above disclosure is not necessarily so limited, and that numerous other embodiments, examples, uses, modifications, and departures from the embodiments, examples, and uses are intended to be encompassed by the claims attached hereto. The entire disclosure of each patent and publication cited herein is incorporated by reference, as if each such patent or publication were individually incorporated by reference herein. Various features and advantages of the above disclosure are set forth in the following claims.

Claims

1. A hybrid filter assembly for an aquatic application, comprising: a first filtration stage including a granular media;a second filtration stage in fluid communication with the first filtration stage, the second filtration stage including a first membrane filtration module and a second membrane filtration module;a valve system in fluid communication with the second filtration stage, the valve system designed to selectively control fluid flow within the second filtration stage; anda controller in communication with the valve system, wherein the controller is designed to direct actuation of the valve system to fluidly isolate the first membrane filtration module from the second membrane filtration module.

2. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 1, wherein the first membrane filtration module includes a nanofiltration membrane and the second membrane filtration module includes an ultrafiltration membrane.

3. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 1, wherein the first membrane filtration module is designed to reduce a calcium concentration of water provided from the aquatic application.

4. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 1, wherein the controller determines whether to operate the hybrid filter assembly in a filtration mode or a cleaning mode based on a determined operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly.

5. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 4, wherein determining an operational efficiency of the hybrid filter assembly includes determining a first permeability value of the first membrane filtration module and a second permeability value of the second membrane filtration module.

6. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 1, wherein the controller is further designed to: determine whether at least one of the first membrane filtration module or the second membrane filtration module is fouled at a first time period, andinitiate a targeted cleaning procedure at a second time period if only one of the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module is fouled.

7. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 1, wherein the controller is further designed to: initiate a targeted chemical cleaning procedure when the controller determines a first parameter of the first membrane filtration module are below a predetermined threshold value associated with the first parameter,actuate the valve system to fluidly isolate the first membrane filtration module from the second membrane filtration module,direct a chemical cleaning system to provide a chemical agent to the first membrane filtration module, andinitiate a rinse of the first membrane filtration module after a soak time value is exceeded.

8. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 1 further including a deaeration valve assembly in fluid communication with the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module, wherein the deaeration valve assembly is designed to purge trapped gases from the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module when the hybrid filter assembly changes operational modes.

9. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 1 wherein: the hybrid filter assembly further includes a vessel provided in the form of a body defining an interior,the first filtration stage and the second filtration stage are positioned within the interior of the vessel, andthe valve system further includes a rotatable shaft extending from the interior of the vessel and through the body of the vessel and an actuator in communication with the rotatable shaft, whereby actuation of the rotatable shaft fluidly isolates the first membrane filtration module from the second membrane filtration module.

10. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 1, wherein the valve system includes a first isolation valve in fluid communication with the first membrane filtration module.

11. A hybrid filter assembly for a swimming pool or spa, comprising: a first filtration stage;a second filtration stage provided in the form of a first membrane filtration module and a second membrane filtration module, wherein the second filtration stage is downstream of the first filtration stage;a valve system including a first isolation valve in fluid communication with at least one of the first membrane filtration module or the second membrane filtration module; anda controller designed to: actuate the first isolation valve to substantially prevent fluid flow through the first membrane filtration module; andinitiate a filtration mode, a backwash mode, and a chemical cleaning mode.

12. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 11, wherein the first isolation valve is provided in the form of a three-way valve in fluid communication with the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module, and the controller is further designed to actuate the first isolation valve to substantially prevent fluid flow through the second membrane filtration module.

13. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 11, wherein the controller is further designed to selectively actuate the first isolation valve into an open configuration and a closed configuration when the hybrid filter assembly operates in the filtration mode.

14. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 11, wherein the controller determines to substantially prevent fluid flow to the first membrane filtration module when a determined bather load is below a predetermined bather load threshold value.

15. The hybrid filter assembly of claim 11, wherein the second filtration stage further includes a third membrane filtration module and a fourth membrane filtration module, and the first isolation valve is provided in the form of a five-way valve that is also in fluid communication with the third membrane filtration module and the fourth membrane filtration module.

16. A method of operating a hybrid filter assembly, the method comprising: providing a hybrid filter assembly including a first filtration stage and a second filtration stage, wherein the second filtration stage includes a first membrane filtration module, a second membrane filtration module, and a membrane module valve system; andproviding a controller in communication with the membrane module valve system, the controller: determining a backwash parameter value for each of the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module at a first time period; andactuating the membrane module valve system and initiating a targeted cleaning procedure at a second time period if a determined backwash parameter value is below a threshold backwash parameter value for at least one of the first membrane filtration module or the second membrane filtration module.

17. The method of claim 16 further including a step of actuating the membrane module valve system to take the first membrane filtration module offline when a concentration of one or more contaminants is below a predetermined threshold value.

18. The method of claim 16 further including steps of: determining which of the first membrane filtration module and the second membrane filtration module to target for cleaning; andactuating the membrane module valve system to provide a filtered backwashing fluid to the first membrane filtration module or the second membrane filtration module targeted for cleaning.

19. The method of claim 16 further including steps of: dosing a membrane filtration module targeted for cleaning with a chemical cleaning agent;actuating the membrane module valve system to fluidly isolate the membrane filtration module targeted for cleaning; andsoaking the membrane filtration module targeted for cleaning with the chemical cleaning agent.

20. The method of claim 16, wherein the backwash parameter value is a permeability threshold value.